DATA I/O CORP
10-K, 1998-03-24
INSTRUMENTS FOR MEAS & TESTING OF ELECTRICITY & ELEC SIGNALS
Previous: DATA I/O CORP, DEF 14A, 1998-03-24
Next: SBL VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT III, 24F-2NT, 1998-03-24




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended DECEMBER 25, 1997          Commission File No. 0-10394

                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


               Washington                                     91-0864123
     (State or other jurisdiction of                       (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

               10525 Willows Road N.E., Redmond, Washington, 98052
               (address of principal executive offices, Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code (206) 881-6444

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

            Title of each class                      Name of each exchange on
                                                         which registered
                                      NONE


           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                              Common Stock (No Par)
                  Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_  No ___


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [_]

                   Aggregate market value of voting stock held
             by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 2, 1998

                                   $39,240,613

  7,134,657 shares of no par value Common Stock outstanding as of March 2, 1998

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

(1)  Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement relating to its May 12, 1998,
     Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated into Part III of this
     annual report on Form 10-K.

                                 Page 1 of 128
                            Exhibit Index on Page 56

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                                    FORM 10-K
                   For the Fiscal Year Ended December 25, 1997

                                      INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       Page
                                                                                                                       ----
Part I
<S>             <C>                                                                                                      <C>
     Item 1.    Business                                                                                                  3

     Item 2.    Properties                                                                                               16

     Item 3.    Legal Proceedings                                                                                        16

     Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Stockholders                                                          16


Part II

     Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters                                     17

     Item 6.    Selected Five-Year Financial Data                                                                        18

     Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations                    19

     Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk                                                26

     Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                                              26

     Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures                    45


Part III

     Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                                                       45

     Item 11.   Executive Compensation                                                                                   45

     Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management                                           45

     Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                                           45


Part IV

     Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K                                         46


Signatures                                                                                                               55

Exhibit Index                                                                                                            56
</TABLE>


                                     Page 2
<PAGE>


                                     PART I


Item 1.   Business

General

Data I/O(R)  Corporation  ("Data I/O" or the "Company") was  incorporated in the
State of Washington in 1969. The Company  manufactures  programming  systems for
semiconductor  manufacturers and users of programmable integrated circuits ("IC"
or "ICs"). Within its programming systems product group the Company offers three
major product lines: (1) non-automated  programming  systems;  (2) non-automated
parallel  programming  systems;  and  (3)  automated  programming  and  handling
systems.

The Company  markets  products to thousands  of  customers  worldwide in a broad
range of industries including computers,  communications,  test and measurement,
medical,   consumer  electronics,   military,   transportation,   aerospace  and
semiconductors.  All of these  customers  either  manufacture  ICs or  design or
manufacture   products  which   incorporate   programmable  ICs.  The  Company's
programming systems are used primarily by electronic equipment  manufacturers in
the design  and  manufacturing  of  equipment  for  industrial,  commercial  and
military applications.  The Company estimates that during 1997, it sold products
to approximately  5,000 customers  throughout the world, none of which accounted
for more than 10% of the Company's net sales. None of the Company's  independent
distributors,  resellers or OEMs accounted for more than 5% of the Company's net
sales.

Forward-Looking Statements

Although most of the information contained in this report is historical, certain
of the statements contain forward-looking  information. To the extent statements
in this report involve, without limitation, product development and introduction
plans,  the  Company's  expectations  for growth,  estimates of future  revenue,
expenses,  profit,  cash flow,  balance  sheet items,  sell-through  or backlog,
forecasts  of demand or market  trends for the  Company's  products  and for the
industries  in which  the  Company  operates  or any  other  guidance  on future
periods,  these  statements are  forward-looking  and involve  matters which are
subject to a number of risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual results
to differ  materially  from those  expressed or implied in such  forward-looking
statements.  Readers of this report should  consider,  along with other relevant
information,  the risk factors identified by the Company under the caption "Risk
Factors" in Item I and elsewhere in this report, and other risks identified from
time  to  time  in the  Company's  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  press  releases  and  other  communications.  All  forward  looking
statements  contained in this report reflect the Company's  expectations  at the
time of this report only, and the Company disclaims any responsibility to revise
or update any such forward-looking statement except as may be required by law.

Strategic Transactions

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  1997  the  Company   completed  two  strategic
transactions  and one agreement in principle aimed at enhancing and refining its
corporate focus on programming systems technology.

In November 1997, the Company's semiconductor equipment product group, which was
organized and managed as its Semiconductor  Equipment  Division,  Reel-Tech(TM),
was sold to General Scanning Inc.,  headquartered  in Watertown,  Massachusetts,
for  consideration  of $15.5  million.  Under  the  terms of the  sale,  General
Scanning,  which  supplies  laser  systems to Reel-Tech  and the  Company,  will
maintain a continuing  product  development  agreement with Data I/O for handler
technology.  Reel-Tech was originally  acquired by Data I/O in August of 1995 to
supply  additional   handler   technology  for  Data  I/O's  line  of  automated
programming  systems.  While  owned by Data I/O,  Reel-Tech  generated  over $12
million in revenue  for the  Company  (see  Revenue  History  by  Segment).  The
transaction  resulted in a pre-tax gain of  approximately  $10.4  million in the
fourth quarter of 1997. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II below.


                                     Page 3
<PAGE>


In November 1997 the Company also announced that it had entered into a licensing
agreement and a purchase agreement for certain assets with MINC Incorporated, an
electronic  design  automation (EDA) software company based in Colorado Springs,
Colorado.  Under  this  agreement  MINC  has  integrated  Data  I/O's  universal
Synario(R) product, as well as its ABEL(R) and ECS products,  into the MINC line
to create a broad line of EDA tools aimed at the personal computer market.  MINC
now controls the day-to-day  operations of the former Synario Design  Automation
Division  including the sale and distribution of the Synario products as well as
software  development and marketing.  Most of the Synario  Division staff joined
MINC to support these functions. Data I/O will retain certain licensing revenues
until December 31, 1999.

The Company  believes that the dispositions of the  Semiconductor  Equipment and
Synario Design Automaton Divisions will allow management of the Company to focus
its attention on the Company's core programming systems business.  The operating
results of these  business  segments  have been  accounted  for as  discontinued
operations  in  the  accompanying   financial   statements.   See  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  in
Item 7 of Part II below.

In November  1997 the Company also signed an  Agreement  in Principle  with JTAG
Technologies,  a  Netherlands-based  manufacturer and developer of boundary scan
test  and  programming  solutions.  Boundary  scan  programming,  which  enables
manufacturers  of a wide range of  electronics  equipment  to program IC's after
installation on a circuit board, is one of the  fastest-growing  segments of the
programming  market.  The Agreement in Principle  contemplates  that the Company
will be authorized to sell JTAG Technologies boundary scan in-system programming
products under the Data I/O name to engineering and manufacturing  markets. JTAG
Technologies  will continue to sell its test products  under its own name to the
test and measurement instrument markets.  Founded in 1993, JTAG Technologies was
the first company to offer in-system programming solutions based on the standard
established by the Boundary Scan Standard (IEEE 1149.1)  established by the IEEE
(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers).  Conclusion of arrangements
with JTAG is subject to negotiation and execution of definitive agreements which
had not been completed as of the date of this report. If formal arrangements are
concluded,  the Company anticipates initial sales of the JTAG products under the
Data I/O name in mid-1998. The Company believes that this strategic relationship
with JTAG  Technologies  will enhance the Company's  position in the programming
systems  market  by  offering  its  customers  a broader  choice of  programming
solutions.  However, there can be no assurance that these arrangements with JTAG
will be established.

Industry Overview

Rapid  advances  in  semiconductor  technology  over the past few  decades  have
contributed to the widespread  adoption of ICs in the electronics  manufacturing
industry. The semiconductor industry has evolved during this period to the point
where some  combination of fixed and  programmable ICs are used in virtually all
electronic   equipment   produced  today.  Fixed  ICs  have  specific  functions
incorporated into them when they are manufactured, whereas a programmable IC can
be programmed at the discretion of the electronics  design engineer to perform a
variety  of  functions.   Programmable  ICs  are  increasingly   being  used  in
high-volume  manufacturing  situations  as the  cost  of  programmable  ICs  has
declined  relative to that of fixed ICs, and as the  competitive  environment in
the  electronic  equipment  industry  has  caused the  time-to-market  for their
products to be increasingly critical.

The advances made in programmable  logic IC technology have enabled  electronics
design engineers to fit an increasing  number of complex functions into smaller,
more delicate  programmable  IC devices.  These advances have increased the need
for automated equipment used to handle these miniaturized device packages during
the IC manufacturing process, as well as after the ICs are completed and sold to
electronic  equipment  manufacturers.   Such  automated  handling  equipment  is
critical  for  minimizing  damage  of the  delicate  lead pins of the ICs and to
increase the speed of transferring ICs into and out of the protective media used
for transporting them (tubes, trays, and tape and reel).

The Company believes that recent changes in programmable IC technology,  such as
increasingly  complex  logic  ICs,  lower  voltage  requirements  and higher pin
counts,  and the increasing need for higher quality and high volume  programming
by users of  programmable  ICs means  that a  significant  market  need for more
sophisticated  programmers will continue.  The Company currently has development
projects  underway for a new generation of programmer  technology to address the
needs created by these technology changes.


                                     Page 4
<PAGE>


Revenue History by Segment

The table below details the contribution the Company's three principal  business
segments  made to total net sales for the last three fiscal years (in  thousands
of Dollars):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Programming Systems            Semiconductor Equipment         Synario Design Automation
                   Division (1)                    Division (2) (3)                  Division (1) (4)            Total Sales    
           ----------------------------      ---------------------------      ---------------------------     -----------------
                     Percent    Percent               Percent    Percent                Percent   Percent                Percent
Year       Amount    Growth    of Total      Amount   Growth    of Total      Amount    Growth   of Total     Amount     Growth
- ----       ------    ------    --------      ------   ------    --------      ------    ------   --------     ------     ------
<S>        <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C> 
1997       $46,284    (5.3%)     75.8%       $7,640    104%       12.5%       $7,172     (8.3%)    11.7%      $61,096      1.1%
1996       $48,860   (15.0%)     80.9%       $3,744    500%       6.2%        $7,819     (1.2%)    12.9%      $60,423     (8.5%)
1995       $57,496     7.6%      87.1%         $625     N/A       0.9%        $7,910     (1.4%)    12.0%      $66,031      7.4%
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Prior year's figures have been reclassified for comparability.

(2)  Semiconductor Equipment Division 1995 net sales are for four months. The
     Semiconductor Equipment Division was sold in November 1997 and has been
     accounted for in the financial statements as discontinued operations. See
     "Strategic Transactions."

(3)  Excludes inter-segment sales to the Programming Systems Division of
     $1,876,000 and $322,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

(4)  The Company disposed of its Synario Design Automation Division in November
     1997. The Synario Design Automation Division has been accounted for in the
     financial statements as discontinued operations. See "Strategic
     Transactions."

Programming System Products

Data I/O's broad line of programming systems includes a wide variety of systems,
modules and  accessories,  which can be grouped into three  general  categories:
non-automated  programming systems,  non-automated parallel programming systems,
and automated  programming and handling systems.  Its non-automated  programming
systems  are  single  IC  programmers,   whereas  its   non-automated   parallel
programming  systems  program  multiple ICs at the same time,  providing  higher
throughput.  Its automated programming and handling systems program multiple ICs
simultaneously,  and also  handle,  test and  mark the ICs in high  volumes.  To
accommodate the expanding variety of programmable ICs being manufactured  today,
programming  systems  must  have  the  capability  to  program  the  type  of IC
technology (how it physically accepts the information), the specific IC's set of
features  and  functions,  while  also  accommodating  the  IC's  package  type,
including its specific  size,  pin  arrangement  and number of pins.  With their
broad range of  capabilities,  Data I/O's  systems  can program  more than 7,000
programmable  ICs,  which  is the  vast  majority  of  the  different  types  of
programmable ICs currently on the market for both engineering  (prototyping) and
manufacturing applications.

Because  semiconductor  manufacturers  continually develop new programmable ICs,
the Company works closely with all major  manufacturers  of programmable  ICs to
update  its  programming  systems  line to  provide  support  for the  major new
programmable  ICs. In addition to incorporating new programmable IC support into
the latest  versions of its  products,  the Company  packages and sells  support
updates to allow  customers to keep their  existing  programmers  current.  Many
semiconductor  manufacturers  endorse Data I/O programming  systems as equipment
they  recommend  for  end-user  applications  as well as for  use in  their  own
development and production environments.

The  Company  is  the  world's  leading  provider  of  programming  systems  for
programmable ICs. However, the programming systems market is highly competitive.
Important   competitive  factors  include  product  features,   price,  quality,
reliability,   throughput,  distribution  channels,  availability,  IC  support,
post-sales  support,  service  and the timely  response  to rapid  technological
change with new and improved products.  The Company believes its competitiveness
depends on offering the most effective combination of these capabilities.

Non-automated Programming Systems

The Company's line of non-automated programming systems provides engineering and
manufacturing   programming   solutions  at  a  variety  of  price  points.  The
UniSite(TM) Universal Programmer is the Company's top-of-the-line  non-automated
programming  system  and allows any pin of any  programmable  IC to perform  any
programming  function.  This gives the


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>


programming  system its  universality.  The Company's 3900 and 2900  Programming
Systems sell at price  points  below that of the  UniSite,  and are targeted for
engineering and manufacturing  applications  requiring less  functionality.  The
UniSite,  3900 and 2900  Programming  Systems feature the Company's  proprietary
socketing  technology,  which permits the programming of the programmable ICs in
small and  delicate  surface-mount  packages,  reduces  the need for  costly and
less-efficient adapters, and reduces programming errors and IC damage.

The Company's  LabSite(TM)  Programming  System was  introduced in June 1997 and
combines and  supersedes the Company's  2700  Programming  System and Chiplab(R)
Project  Programmer.  The LabSite is the  Company's  lowest  priced  proprietary
non-automated  programming system,  which was designed and priced for individual
engineers purchasing a programmer for a specific project.

In June 1997 the Company also began selling a line of  low-priced  non-automated
IC programmers under a worldwide  distribution agreement with ICE Technology(R),
Ltd. Like the LabSite Programming System, this new line of low-priced  products,
sold under the brand name  ChipWriter(TM),  provide Data I/O with a new entry to
improve its  competitive  position in the  low-priced  segment of the programmer
market.  The  Chipwriter  programmer  is a  48-pin  universal  programmer  which
supports a full range of memory, microcontroller and programmable logic devices.
The Chipwriter(TM) Portable is a lightweight,  battery-operated,  fully portable
40-pin   universal   programmer,   ideal  for  field   engineering  and  service
applications.  The  Chipwriter(TM)  Gang is a high-speed  production  programmer
supporting a wide range of memory devices.

The UniSite,  3900, 2900 and LabSite share a similar  software  architecture and
are supported by Data I/O's proprietary  algorithm  development tool. This tool,
licensed by Data I/O to leading semiconductor manufacturers, allows Data I/O and
the  manufacturers to work together to develop support for new programmable ICs.
The   semiconductor   manufacturers   use  this  tool  to  develop   programming
instructions  for Data I/O  programmers,  enhancing both the  time-to-market  of
their programmable ICs, and Data I/O's support and enhancement efforts.

The Company is  redesigning  its entire  proprietary  non-automated  programming
system product line with a new generation of programmer technology which, at the
date of this  report,  is expected to be  available  in the second half of 1998.
These new products,  based on a new proprietary programming  architecture called
DataSite(TM),  are planned to include a family of single  socket  solutions  for
engineering  applications,  a  multi-socket  solution for use in production  and
programming  support for the Company's new high-volume  programming and handling
systems. See "Risk Factors."

Markets, Customers and Competition

In terms of total revenue,  the Company  believes that the worldwide  market for
conventional  non-automated programming systems for engineering applications has
been slightly  declining or flat over the last several years due to a decline in
average  selling prices offset by a slow growth in the number of units sold. The
unit sales growth has been  primarily in the lower end  products.  Over the last
several  years  technological  improvements  in  personal  computers  and design
software tools have caused  engineering design teams to shift away from hardware
tools to software  design tools.  Further,  within the remaining  hardware tools
market,  demand has shifted toward  lower-priced,  project-specific  programming
systems  and  single-point  solutions.  These  industry  changes  are  adversely
affecting the Company,  especially  because in the past, Data I/O's product line
has been heavily  oriented  toward  hardware tools and,  within  hardware tools,
toward the  higher-priced  universal  programming  systems.  The Company expects
these trends in the conventional  programming systems for the engineering market
will  continue  for  the  foreseeable   future.  In  response  to  these  market
developments,  the  Company  has  recently  enhanced  its  lower-priced  product
offerings  (LabSite and  Chipwriter)  and is in the process of  redesigning  its
entire  non-automated  programming  system product line with a new generation of
programmer technology. However, there can be no assurance that this trend toward
lower-priced,  project specific  programming  systems and single point solutions
will  continue  as  anticipated,  that  the  Company  will be  able to  complete
development of its new generation of programming products, that its new products
will experience  strong demand,  that the Company will be able to anticipate and
respond to changes in customer  needs and new  technologies  or that the Company
will otherwise effectively compete in the future.

Although  independent market information is not available,  the Company believes
that it has  approximately  25% of the  worldwide  market  share of revenue  for
non-automated  programming  systems  including  both  the  engineering  and  the
parallel  programming  segments.  This is  based  on  information  from  studies
performed and estimates made each year internally by the Company. For the design
engineering  segment of the market for  non-automated  programming  systems  the
Company has identified two groups of competitors.  Based on information gathered
internally,  the  Company  believes  approximately  10% to 20% of this market is
served by  vendor-specific  non-automated  programming  systems  supplied by the
semiconductor


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>


manufacturers  themselves.  The remainder of the market is divided among several
dozen, mostly regional,  competitors.  The most significant of these competitors
are BP Microsystems,  Stag Microsystems,  SMS, System General, Hi-Lo and Minato.
The Company  believes that the principal  competitive  factors in the market for
non-automated programming systems include the breadth of programmable IC support
and price.  Most new entrants  compete based on price alone,  because  competing
against the more established companies' IC support is quite expensive.

The  Company  believes  that  maintaining  close  relationships  with all  major
programmable  IC  manufacturers,  superior  service,  expertise  in  programming
applications,  broad  programmable  IC support and the critical  mass of a large
installed  base will enable Data I/O to compete in the market for  non-automated
programming systems.  However, growth in the market may be limited, because much
of the remaining market is fragmented both  geographically and  technologically.
This situation  will continue to allow smaller niche  suppliers to exist and, in
some markets, to thrive. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Position and Results of Operations" in Item 7 below.

Interest in on-board or in-circuit  programming techniques has continued to grow
within the engineering and manufacturing communities.  The Company believes that
increasing  numbers  of  manufacturers  are  using or  considering  using  their
expensive  test  equipment  to  program  ICs after they have been  installed  on
printed circuit  boards.  This process is known as in-circuit  programming.  The
Company  believes that the high cost of in-circuit test equipment may be a major
disadvantage  and has  evaluated an  alternative  more  cost-effective  on-board
programming  technique.  Through an anticipated strategic relationship with JTAG
Technologies  B. V.  of The  Netherlands  (see  "Strategic  Transactions"),  the
Company during 1998 intends to begin to exploit the alternative method,  thereby
broadening the Company's  product  offering to include  on-board  programming as
well as automated and non-automated  programming  systems.  (See "Risk Factors -
Technological Change.")

Non-automated Parallel Programming Systems

The Company's non-automated parallel programming systems provide high-speed gang
programming  for  maximizing  throughput  and  minimizing  cost per device.  Its
PSX1000(TM)  and  PSX500(TM)  Programming  Systems  serve  the needs of mid- and
high-volume  manufacturing users of programmable memory and microcontroller ICs.
The PSX1000 and PSX500 can duplicate  twenty or ten  programmable ICs at a time,
respectively,  and support numerous  package types using Data I/O's  proprietary
socketing technology of low-cost  interchangeable  modules. The PSX400(TM),  the
Company's low-cost  non-automated  parallel programmer able to program eight ICs
at a time,  addresses low-volume  manufacturing and engineering  applications in
which  designers  use several ICs on a single board and want to program them all
in a single operation.  The Company's  BoardSite(R)  In-Circuit  Programmer is a
unique  product that is designed to program or reprogram an entire circuit board
full of  programmable  ICs while  they are  mounted on the  board.  This  allows
circuitry to be updated in the field and also  provides an  alternative  way for
manufacturing operations to deal with programmable ICs.

Markets, Customers and Competition

The Company does not have  independent  market  information but has commissioned
studies to obtain limited market data for the non-automated parallel programming
systems market.  Principal competitors in the non-automated parallel programming
systems  market  are BP  Microsystems,  Elan,  Minato,  Hi-Lo,  System  General,
Needhams   Electronics   and  SMS.  The  Company   believes  that  other  firms,
particularly  in specific  geographic  regions,  hold the dominant share of this
market.  The Company believes this is primarily due to the Company  historically
not having competitive  products at the low-cost end of this market. The Company
believes  that it has the largest  market  share in the  high-volume  end of the
non-automated parallel programming system market.

Automated Programming Systems

Data I/O's ProMaster(R)  Automated  Programming Systems line of products provide
electronic  equipment  manufacturers  with an  automated  method  for  handling,
programming,  testing and marking programmable ICs whether the ICs are housed in
conventional  throughhole or surface-mount packages.  During manufacturing,  the
ProMaster's  "pick-and-place" technology feeds the programmable ICs out of their
protective  media  (trays  or  tubes);  places  them  into  the  socket  of  the
programmer; triggers programming;  applies a label or marks the IC with a laser;
sorts out the ICs that could not be programmed  correctly;  and loads  correctly
programmed ICs back into trays,  tubes or onto special tape which is rolled onto
reels.  The ICs are then ready to be attached to printed  circuit  boards  using
other automated equipment.


                                     Page 7
<PAGE>


The  ProMaster(R)  3000,  ProMaster(R)  7000  and  ProMaster(R)  7500  Automated
Programming  Systems address medium- to high-volume  manufacturing  applications
for programming,  testing and marking  programmable  ICs. These products support
conventional  throughhole and surface-mount  packages with proprietary socketing
technology  that  offers  customers  highly  reliable  production  capacity at a
relatively low-cost per IC. The Company's  AutoSite(TM)  Production  Programmer,
designed  specifically to be integrated with a handling system,  connects to the
ProMaster 3000, 7000 and 7500 and performs the programming function within these
automated  programming  and handling  systems.  The ProMaster 7500 offers higher
speed and capacity by extending the ProMaster 7000 to include a second  AutoSite
programmer allowing it to program two ICs at a time.

The  ProMaster(R)  2500 Automated  Programming  System,  introduced in September
1993, was the world's first fully-integrated  system for programming,  handling,
testing and marking  programmable ICs. Designed for medium-volume  manufacturing
applications,  the ProMaster  2500 supports both  conventional  throughhole  and
surface-mount  IC packages.  The ProMaster 2500  internalized and integrated the
programmer  inside the system unlike the ProMaster  3000,  7000, and 7500 models
that connect an AutoSite  programmer.  It is the  Company's  entry-level  priced
automated programming and handling system.

The ProMaster(R)  9500 Automated Fine Pitch  Programming  System,  introduced in
February 1995, is a highly  flexible  automated  programming and handling system
for programming,  testing and marking fine-pitch programmable ICs. The ProMaster
9500 was  created  to address  extremely  high-volume  manufacturing  of the new
generation of highly  miniaturized and fragile  programmable  ICs. The Company's
handling  technology results in the ProMaster 9500 touching the delicate pins of
each IC only  once,  thereby  greatly  reducing  the risk of damage  that can be
caused by even moderate  handling.  Its  programming  module features Data I/O's
PSX(TM)  parallel   programming   technology  and  can  program  up  to  16  ICs
simultaneously. The ProMaster 9500's flexible, modular design allows the user to
create the configuration needed for the specific manufacturing operation.

The Company  introduced its  ProMaster(R)  970 Automated Fine Pitch  Programming
System in February  1997.  The  ProMaster  970 is  designed to be a  high-speed,
highly flexible  automated  programming and handling system designed for today's
most demanding  manufacturing  applications.  It integrates the Company's latest
programming  technology  in  configurations  of  either  eight,  ten  or  twelve
programming  sites,  and supports memory,  microcontroller  and logic devices in
most package types. The ProMaster 970 features two laser aligned  pick-and-place
heads to optimize  throughput at any programming  time,  supports tray, tube and
tape input and output,  and has an optional  laser marking  system.  The Company
anticipates that the ProMaster 970 will be available in production quantities in
the second  quarter of 1998. See "Risk Factors - Development,  Introduction  and
Shipment of New Products."

The Company  introduced the  ProMaster(R)  870 Automated Fine Pitch  Programming
System in March 1998.  The  ProMaster  870 is designed to be a highly  flexible,
automated  programming  and  handling  system  designed  for low- to  mid-volume
manufacturing  applications.  Its  state-of-the-art  technology  efficiently and
reliably  programs,  sorts, and marks a medium volume of fine-pitch  devices.  A
universal programming system supports memory,  microcontroller and logic devices
in many package types.  Available with two or four programming sites, the system
is designed to  accommodate  conventional  input/output  media.  Device  marking
options  include  labeling or laser marking.  The Company  anticipates  that the
ProMaster 870 will be available in  production  quantities in the second half of
1998.   See  "Risk  Factors - Development,  Introduction  and  Shipment  of  New
Products."

The Company also  provides a complete  line of labels for use with its automated
programming and handling systems.  These labels are custom  manufactured by Data
I/O for the ProMaster  2500,  the  ProMaster  3000 and their  predecessors,  the
ProMaster 2000 and the AutoLabel 1000.

Markets, Customers and Competition

The Company believes that in the electronic  manufacturing  market, the expanded
use of programmable integrated circuits in the mid- to high-volume manufacturing
environment and the proliferation of hard-to-handle  surface-mount packages in a
variety of types is causing a worldwide trend toward  automation and integration
of manufacturing processes. The Company believes this trend is attributable to a
reduction in the cost of programmable ICs compared to fixed ICs,  manufacturers'
desire  to  improve  the  time-to-market  for new  and  improved  products,  and
increased  functionality and  miniaturization of programmable ICs. The Company's
participation  in this growth  depends upon the market's  acceptance  of its new
products,  its ability to understand and meet the changing needs of this market,
and its response to and development of changes in


                                     Page 8
<PAGE>


technology. In addition,  service,  corporate reputation and product reliability
are considered key decision making factors for customers  considering  automated
systems.

The market for  automated  programming  and  handling  systems used in automated
manufacturing  operations is shared  primarily by Data I/O, BP  Microsystems  in
cooperation with Quad Systems,  and Unmanned  Solutions in cooperation with SMS.
In addition,  Exatron manufactures  handling systems that can be combined with a
programmer which can be configured by the customer.  Although independent market
information is not available, the Company believes that it has approximately 65%
of the worldwide market share of revenue for automated  programming systems. The
Company  believes that increased  competition,  particularly  in areas where new
Data I/O product  introductions have been delayed, such as the ProMaster 970 and
ProMaster  870, or are not scheduled to occur until 1998, has affected its share
of the  market.  Data I/O  believes  the  breadth  of its line of  non-automated
parallel programming systems and automated  programming and handling systems, as
well as the products under development,  its worldwide service  capabilities and
technology  leadership  will enable the  Company to respond to the trend  toward
automation and integration of manufacturing processes.  However, there can be no
assurance that this trend toward  automation will continue as anticipated,  that
the  Company  will be able to  complete  development  of its new  generation  of
programming products,  that its new products will experience strong demand, that
the Company will be able to anticipate  and respond to changes in customer needs
and new technologies or that the Company will otherwise  effectively  compete in
the future.

Software

In connection  with the disposition of the Company's  Synario Design  Automation
Division in November  1997,  the Company  retained  certain rights to distribute
ABEL(R)  (Advanced  Boolean  Expression  Language),  which was first released in
March 1984, and the ECS product. ABEL is a behavioral design entry software tool
for PLDs and CPLDs.  The Company believes that ABEL is the most "universal" tool
in its market with  support  for the  architectures  of most major  programmable
logic manufacturers.  See "Strategic Transactions".  The Company does not expect
significant revenues in future periods from this product.

Product Pricing

The U.S.  manufacturer's  suggested  list  prices for Data  I/O's  non-automated
programming  systems  range  from  approximately  $1,000 for the  ChipWriter  to
$27,000 for a fully configured UniSite Universal Programmer.  The ProMaster 2500
automated programming and handling system sells for approximately $47,000, while
the  ProMaster  9500  configured  with  tray,  tube and tape and reel along with
programming modules, sells for approximately  $600,000. The U.S.  manufacturer's
suggested retail price for the ABEL software ranges from $500 for an entry-level
version to $2,000 for the latest Windows(R) version.

Sales

The Company  markets and sells its products  through a combination of direct and
indirect sales representatives,  distributors,  value added resellers (VARs) and
internal telesales. The Company continually evaluates its sales channels against
its evolving markets and customers.

U.S. Sales

The Company  markets its products  throughout  the U.S. using a variety of sales
channels  including  its own direct  field  sales  personnel,  direct  telesales
organization,  independent sales representatives,  OEMs, and VARs. The Company's
U.S.  independent sales  representatives  obtain orders on an agency basis, with
shipments  made directly to the customer by the Company.  OEMs and VARs purchase
products directly from the Company for resale to customers. Sales are recognized
by the Company at the time of shipment.

Foreign Sales

Foreign sales represented  approximately 52% of net sales of programming systems
in 1997,  52% in 1996,  and 46% in 1995 (see  Note 15 of "Notes to  Consolidated
Financial  Statements").  Foreign  sales are made through the  Company's  wholly
owned subsidiaries in Japan, Germany, Canada,  Singapore, as well as independent
distributors, VARs and sales


                                     Page 9
<PAGE>

representatives  located  in 32 other  countries.  Sales  made  through  foreign
subsidiaries   are  denominated  in  local  currency  and  recognized  when  the
subsidiary ships to the end-user. The Company's independent foreign distributors
and VARs purchase Data I/O products in U.S. Dollars for resale;  and the sale is
recognized at the time of shipment to the distributor or VAR.  Distributors  and
VARs are  allowed to return a portion of their Data I/O  product  inventory  for
credit  on  future  purchases,  subject  to  limitations.  As  with  U.S.  sales
representatives,  sales made by international  sales  representatives  are on an
agency basis with shipments made directly to the customer by the Company.  These
sales  are  denominated  in U.S.  Dollars  and  are  recognized  at the  time of
shipment.

Total  foreign  sales are  determined  by the  geographic  area  into  which the
products  are  sold and  delivered,  and  include  not  only  sales  by  foreign
subsidiaries  but also  export  sales  from the U.S.  to the  Company's  foreign
distributors,  VARs and representatives' customers. Foreign sales do not include
transfers  between the Company and its foreign  subsidiaries.  Export  sales are
subject  to U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  regulations.  The  Company  has not,
however, experienced any difficulties to date as a result of these requirements.

Fluctuating exchange rates and other factors beyond the Company's control,  such
as international  monetary  stability,  tariff and trade policies,  and U.S. and
foreign tax and economic policies, affect the level and profitability of foreign
sales.  The  Company  is unable to  predict  the  effect of such  factors on its
business.  The Company does hedge against certain currency exposures in order to
minimize their impact.

Manufacturing and Backlog

During 1997,  Data I/O  operated two  principal  manufacturing  operations.  Its
principal   facility  in  Redmond,   Washington   manufactures   automated   and
non-automated  programming  systems  including  component parts assembly,  final
assembly  and testing.  This  facility was sold during 1997 and leased back from
the  purchaser for a period of 10 years with an option to renew the lease for an
additional 10 years. The Company's  second  manufacturing  facility,  located in
Indianapolis, Indiana, which manufactures semiconductor equipment, was also sold
during 1997 with the sale of the Company's  Reel-Tech  Division (see  "Strategic
Transactions").

In its  manufacturing  processes,  the Company  uses a  combination  of standard
components, proprietary custom ICs and fabricated parts manufactured to Data I/O
specifications.  Most  components  used are available from a number of different
suppliers  and  subcontractors  but  certain  items,  such as some  handler  and
programmer  subassemblies,  custom ICs,  hybrid  circuits  and  connectors,  are
purchased from single sources.  The Company's policy is to maintain  substantial
inventories  of most  single-source  components.  It  believes  that  additional
sources  could  be  developed  for  present  single-source   components  without
significant  difficulties  in  obtaining  supplies.  There can,  however,  be no
assurance that single-source components will continue to be readily available.

Most programming  systems and software product orders are scheduled for delivery
within one to 60 days after receipt of order.  The  ProMaster  9500 is generally
scheduled  for  delivery  within  60 to 90 days  after  receipt  of  order.  The
Company's  backlog of pending  orders was  approximately  $5.7  million and $4.1
million as of December 25, 1997 and December 26, 1996, respectively.

In  accordance  with  industry  practices,  generally  all orders are subject to
cancellation  prior to shipment without penalty except for contracts calling for
custom configuration. To date, such cancellations have not had a material effect
on the Company's sales volume.  To meet  customers' fast delivery  requirements,
Data I/O  manufactures  certain  of its  products  based upon a  combination  of
backlog and  anticipated  orders.  The size of backlog at any particular date is
not necessarily a meaningful indicator of the trend of the Company's business.

Research and Development

Because  Data I/O's  future  growth is, to a large  extent,  dependent  upon the
timely development and introduction of new products and its extensive support of
the latest programmable ICs, the Company is committed to a substantial  research
and development  program.  Research and development  activities  include applied
research,  design of new  products  and  continual  enhancement  and  support of
existing products. Data I/O has focused its efforts on applied rather than basic
research,   concentrating   on  technical   innovation  for  long-term   product
requirements. The Company made expenditures for research and


                                    Page 10
<PAGE>


development   related  to  its  Programming   Systems  Division  of  $7,807,000,
$8,121,000 and  $6,581,000 in 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively,  representing
16.9%, 16.6%, and 11.4% of net sales,  respectively.  The percentage of research
and development spending remained high in 1997 because of the development of the
new generation of products, particularly in programming systems.

During 1997 and 1996 the Company directed its main product  development  efforts
toward a new programming  technology for a new generation of programming systems
and for its automated programming and handling system products,  enhancements to
its  semiconductor  equipment  products,  and  enhancements for its EDA software
products.  Substantial  engineering  resources  are also  devoted to  developing
updates and upgrades  for both  programming  systems and  software  products and
providing  IC  support  for new  programmable  ICs as  they  are  introduced  by
semiconductor manufacturers.

Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and Licenses

Intellectual  property  rights  applicable to various Data I/O products  include
patents, copyrights,  trade secrets and trademarks.  However, rather than depend
on patents and copyrights,  which are frequently outdated by rapid technological
advancements in the electronics  industry,  Data I/O relies primarily on product
development,  engineering,  manufacturing  and marketing  skill to establish and
protect its market position.

The Company attempts to protect its rights in proprietary  software  products by
retaining  the title to and  copyright  of the software  and  documentation,  by
including  appropriate  contractual  restrictions  on use and  disclosure in its
licenses and by requiring  its employees to execute  non-disclosure  agreements.
The Company's  software products are shipped in sealed packages on which notices
are prominently  displayed  informing the end-user that, by breaking the seal of
the  packaging,  the  end-user  agrees  to be  bound  by the  license  agreement
contained in the package.  The license  agreement  includes  limitations  on the
end-user's  authorized use of the product, as well as restrictions on disclosure
and  transferability.  The  legal and  practical  enforceability  and  extent of
liability for violations of license  agreements that purport to become effective
upon opening of a sealed  package are  unclear.  The Company is not aware of any
situation where a license agreement  restricting an end-user's authorized use of
a licensed product resulted in enforcement action.

Because of the rapidly  changing  technology  in the  semiconductor,  electronic
equipment and software  industries,  there is a possibility that portions of the
Company's  products might infringe upon existing patents or copyrights,  and the
Company may therefore be required to obtain  licenses or discontinue  the use of
the infringing  technology.  The Company  believes that any exposure it may have
regarding possible  infringement claims is a reasonable business risk similar to
that being assumed by other  companies in the electronic  equipment and software
industries.  However, any claim of infringement, with or without merit, could be
costly and a diversion of management's  attention,  and an adverse determination
could  adversely  affect the  Company's  reputation,  preclude it from  offering
certain products, and subject it to substantial liability.

Employees

As of December 25, 1997, the Company had 328 total  employees,  of which 33 were
located outside the U.S. Many of Data I/O's employees are highly skilled and the
Company's  continued success will depend in part upon its ability to attract and
retain  employees  who are in great demand within the  industry.  At times,  the
Company,  along with most other electronic equipment  manufacturers and software
developers,   experiences   difficulty  in  hiring  and  retaining   experienced
personnel,  particularly  in technical  areas.  There is no  assurance  that the
Company  will be able to attract and retain  qualified  personnel in the future.
None of the Company's employees are represented by a collective  bargaining unit
and the Company believes relations with its employees are favorable.

Environmental Compliance

The Company's facilities are subject to numerous laws and regulations concerning
the discharge of materials or otherwise relating to the environment.  Compliance
with  environmental  laws has not had,  nor is it expected  to have,  a material
effect  on  capital  expenditures,   the  financial  position,  the  results  of
operations or the competitive position of the Company.


                                    Page 11
<PAGE>


Executive Officers of the Registrant

Set forth below is certain information  concerning the executive officers of the
Company as of March 11, 1998:

     Name                        Age            Position
     ----                        ---            --------

     James J. David               54            President

     Susan S. Webber              43            Vice President
                                                Customer Service, Quality and
                                                Human Resources

     Domenico Picone              59            Vice President
                                                Operations

     Joel S. Hatlen               39            Vice President
                                                Finance
                                                Chief Financial Officer
                                                Secretary and Treasurer

     Richard A. Mayes             51            Vice President
                                                Marketing
                                                Acting Vice President
                                                Engineering

     Mark L. Edelsward            41            Vice President
                                                Worldwide Sales

James J. David resigned from his position of Vice  President of Worldwide  Sales
and  Marketing  in December  1997,  but  returned to the Company as President in
January  1998.  Mr.  David  joined the Company in May 1996 as Vice  President of
Worldwide  Sales,  Programming  Systems  Division,  and became Vice President of
Worldwide  Sales and  Marketing in December  1996.  From 1992 until  joining the
Company,  Mr.  David  served  as Vice  President  of U.S.  Operations  for Aldus
Corporation, a software company. From 1989 until 1992, Mr. David was employed by
ButtonWare,  Inc., a software  company,  where in his last position he served as
President.  Prior  to  ButtonWare,  Mr.  David  served  in sales  and  marketing
management positions with Egghead, Inc. and IBM.

Susan S. Webber  joined the Company in April 1994 as Director of Quality and was
given the  responsibility  for Human  Resources in November of 1994. In December
1995, Ms. Webber was promoted to Vice President of Quality and Human  Resources.
In July 1997 she was given responsibility for Customer Service.  From 1985 until
joining the Company,  Ms.  Webber was employed by AG  Communication  Systems,  a
designer  and  manufacturer  of  telecommunications  systems.  Her  most  recent
position was Quality Director. Prior to AG Communication Systems, Ms. Webber was
with Motorola and was an Assistant Professor at the University of Nebraska.

Domenico  Picone  joined the Company in May 1995 as Director of  Operations.  In
December 1996,  Mr. Picone was promoted to Vice  President of  Operations.  From
1994 until joining the Company,  Mr. Picone was employed by Spacelabs Medical, a
manufacturer of emergency room medical electronics. His most recent position was
Manufacturing  and  Engineering  Director.  From 1979 to 1994,  Mr.  Picone  was
employed  by Eldec  Corporation,  a  manufacturer  of  avionics,  where his last
position was Director of Operations. Prior to Eldec Corporation, Mr. Picone held
various manufacturing management positions at Diagnostic Information, Inc., Sony
Corporation and Tektronix, Inc.

Joel S. Hatlen joined the Company in September  1991 as a Senior Tax  Accountant
and became  Tax  Manager in  December  of 1992.  He was  promoted  to  Corporate
Controller  in December  1993. In February  1997, he was named Chief  Accounting
Officer and  Corporate  Controller.  In January  1998,  he was  promoted to Vice
President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer,  Secretary and Treasurer. From
September  1981 until  joining the Company,  Mr.  Hatlen was employed by Ernst &
Young LLP where his most recent position was Senior Manager.


                                    Page 12
<PAGE>


Richard A. Mayes  joined the Company in February  1996 as Director of  Strategic
Planning,  and was given the  responsibility  as Director of  Marketing  in June
1996. He was promoted to Vice President of Strategic Marketing in December 1997.
Prior to joining the  Company,  Mr.  Mayes was Director of Marketing at Advanced
Technology   Laboratories,   Inc.   From  1977  to  1993,  he  was  employed  by
Hewlett-Packard  Company,   including  positions  as  Marketing  Manager  for  a
Workstation Division and the San Diego Division.

Mark L. Edelsward joined Data I/O Canada as Distribution Manager in 1987. He has
held a variety of sales related positions with the Company,  including  European
and  USA  Sales   Management   roles.   Mr.  Edelsward  has  most  recently  had
responsibility  for Asia,  Latin  America and Canada as the Director of Sales of
the Pacific  region.  From 1978 until  joining the Company,  Mr.  Edelsward  was
employed  by Allan  Crawford  Associates,  a  Canadian  distributor  of test and
measurement and scientific instrumentation.

Risk Factors

In addition to the other information in this report,  the following risk factors
should be carefully  considered in evaluating the Company. See also the sections
captioned "Forward-Looking Statements" in Item 1 and Item 7.

Development, Introduction and Shipment of New Products

The Company is scheduled to complete  development of, introduce and ship several
key new engineering and automated programming system products in 1998. There can
be no  assurance  the  Company  will not  encounter  significant  technological,
supplier,  manufacturing  or other problems which will cause the introduction or
production of its new products to be delayed. For example, introduction of a new
family of non-automated programming systems and of certain key configurations of
new automated  programming  systems is dependent on completion of development of
the Company's new DataSite  programming system. Also, the ability of DataSite to
program a  sufficient  number of  programmable  devices  to make the new  system
competitive is dependent on translation of a large number of algorithms into the
new DataSite  operating  system.  The schedule  for  completion  of the DataSite
development  project has been delayed on several  occasions due to technical and
other difficulties.  In addition, the Company needs to hire additional qualified
software  engineers to accelerate the DataSite  algorithm  development  project.
Also,  the Company relies on third parties for key portions of the robotics used
in the new ProMaster 970 Automated Fine Pitch  Programming  System.  The Company
believes  that  its  sales  in 1997  were  adversely  affected  by the  delay in
completion of DataSite and other key new products as customers  withheld  orders
for  old  products  in  anticipation  of  availability  of new  products  and as
competitors  captured  orders from customers with  requirements  which could not
wait for new product  availability.  Accordingly,  delays in the  completion and
shipment of new products,  or unfavorable  customer acceptance of such products,
will likely result in a decline in sales in 1998.

Variability in Quarterly Operating Results

The Company's quarterly operating results have in the past varied and may in the
future vary  significantly  depending on factors such as increased  competition,
timing of new product announcements, releases and pricing changes by the Company
or its  competitors,  market  acceptance  or delays in the  introduction  of new
products,  production lead times, production constraints,  timing of significant
orders,  seasonal  factors,  capital  budgets  of  customers,  foreign  currency
exchange  rates,  and  economic  conditions,  as well as all of the  other  risk
factors  discussed in this report.  Historically,  a substantial  portion of the
Company's  revenue in each quarter  results from orders  booked in that quarter.
The  Company's  expense  levels are based,  in part, on its  expectations  as to
future  revenue.  If  anticipated  shipments  in any quarter do not occur or are
delayed,  expenditure levels could be disproportionately high, and the Company's
operating results for that quarter would be adversely affected. As a result, the
Company's  results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily  indicative
of results for any future  period.  Due to all of the foregoing  factors,  it is
possible  that in some future  quarter the Company's  operating  results will be
below expectations of analysts and investors.

Technological Change

The markets for the Company's  programming  systems are  characterized  by rapid
technological change and evolving industry standards, and are highly competitive
with  respect  to  timely  product  innovation.  The  introduction  of  products
embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry  standards can render
existing products obsolete and  unmarketable.  New and changed  technologies may
result in products that contain defects or errors which may give rise to product
liability  claims or be detrimental to market  acceptance of such products.  The
Company's success depends on its ability to anticipate changes in


                                    Page 13
<PAGE>


technology,  IC package types,  electronics equipment  manufacturing  practices,
software  platform  preferences  and  industry  standards  and  to  develop  and
successfully introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis. For example,
widespread use of in-circuit  programming would likely have an adverse effect on
sales of the Company's traditional programming systems. Also, to the extent that
more rigid  standards  are  established  in the  programmable  IC industry,  the
value-added  element of the  Company's  products and support  services  could be
decreased.   If  such  decreases  occur,  or  if  the  Company  is  unable,  for
technological  or other  reasons,  to  develop  products  in a timely  manner in
response to changes in the industry or if products or product  enhancements that
the  Company  develops  contain  defects  or  errors  or do not  achieve  market
acceptance,   the  Company's  business,   financial  condition  and  results  of
operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Economic and Market Conditions

The Company's  business  depends on capital  spending and other economic  cycles
that affect the users and manufacturers of ICs. This industry is highly cyclical
and  characterized  by rapid  technological  change,  short product life cycles,
fluctuations in manufacturing  capacity and pricing and gross margin  pressures.
Segments of this industry,  in each of the United States, Europe and Japan, have
from time to time experienced  significant  economic downturns  characterized by
decreased  product  demand,  reductions  in  capital  expenditures,   production
over-capacity,  price erosion, work slowdowns and layoffs. In addition, portions
of this industry have  experienced  downturns at different  times. The Company's
operations   may  in  the   future   reflect   substantial   fluctuations   from
period-to-period  as a consequence of such industry  patterns,  general economic
conditions  affecting  the  timing of orders  from  major  customers,  and other
factors affecting capital spending.  There can be no assurance that such factors
will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

Competition

The markets  for the  Company's  products  are highly  competitive.  Advances in
technology  have  reduced  the  barriers of entry into the  programming  systems
markets, resulting in new competitors who compete for certain market niches. The
Company  expects  competition  to increase  from both  established  and emerging
companies.  Recent delays in product  development  projects have enabled certain
competitors  to improve their  competitive  position by increasing  their market
share.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  compete
successfully  against  current  and future  sources of  competition  or that the
competitive  pressures  faced by the  Company  will  not  adversely  affect  its
profitability or financial performance.

Dependence on IC manufacturers

The  Company   maintains   close  working   relationships   with   semiconductor
manufacturers to ensure that the Company's  programming  systems use programming
methodology that complies with each semiconductor manufacturer's specifications.
In addition,  many  semiconductor  manufacturers  endorse  Data I/O  programming
systems as equipment  that they recommend for end-user  applications  as well as
for  use  in  their  own   development   and  production   environments.   These
relationships  enable  Data I/O to keep its  programming  systems  product  line
up-to-date  with the latest  technology and to provide  end-users with broad and
current  programmable IC support.  Any adverse change in the relationships  that
the Company  maintains with  semiconductor  manufacturers  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

Dependence on Suppliers

Certain components used in the Company's products,  including but not limited to
robotics and certain other custom components,  are currently available only from
single sources, and other components are available from only a limited number of
sources.  To date the Company has been able to obtain adequate supplies of these
components and maintain inventories of its more critical components,  in certain
instances through negotiated contractual relationships or parts allocations from
suppliers. However, the Company's inability in the future to develop alternative
sources or to obtain sufficient single or limited-source components could result
in delays or reductions in product introductions or shipments,  which could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's  operating  results.  The Company has
limited  ability to avoid or offset  future price  increases by suppliers of key
components.  Accurate production  forecasts are required to ensure that adequate
component  supplies are  available  in a timely  manner,  particularly  in those
instances where  component  suppliers  require long lead times.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company will be able to accurately  forecast its  production
schedule in the future.  If the Company were to experience  significant  delays,
interruptions  or reductions  in its supply of key  components,  or  unfavorable
price terms, its business,  financial  condition and results of operations could
be materially adversely affected.


                                    Page 14
<PAGE>


Reliance on Third Party Distribution Channels

The Company has limited  internal sales  personnel.  The Company is dependent on
third  party  manufacturers'  representatives,   OEMs,  VARs  and  international
distributors (collectively,  "Third Party Distributors") for the majority of its
domestic and international sales. Accordingly, the Company is dependent upon the
continued  viability and financial  stability of these Third Party Distributors.
Because most of the Company's  products are used by highly skilled  professional
engineers, effective Third Party Distributors must possess sufficient technical,
marketing and sales  resources and must devote their resources to sales efforts,
customer  education,  training and support.  Only a limited  number of potential
Third  Party  Distributors  meet these  criteria.  In  addition,  the  Company's
relationship with its Third Party Distributors is usually  established through a
formal contractual agreement,  which generally may be terminated by either party
without cause upon minimal  notice.  There can be no assurance  that the Company
will be able to attract and retain a sufficient  number of qualified Third Party
Distributors to successfully market the Company's  products,  and the failure to
do so would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

International Operations

International sales represented approximately 52% of the Company's total revenue
for the fiscal  year ended  December  25,  1997,  and the Company  expects  that
international  sales will continue to account for a  significant  portion of its
net  revenue in future  periods.  International  sales are  subject to  inherent
risks,  including  unexpected  changes in regulatory  requirements,  tariffs and
taxes, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations,  longer payment
cycles,  greater difficulty in accounts receivable  collection,  compliance with
any applicable export licensing  requirements and other trade barriers,  as well
as political and economic instability.  The European Community and European Free
Trade  Association  have  established  certain  electronic  emission and product
safety requirements  ("CE").  Certain of the Company's new products have not yet
met these  requirements.  Failure to obtain either a CE mark or a waiver for any
products  may  prevent  the  Company  from  marketing  such  products in Europe.
Moreover,  gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. Dollars of receivables and
payables arising from international operations may contribute to fluctuations in
the Company's results of operations.  In addition, if for any reason exchange or
price  controls or other  restrictions  on their  currencies  were imposed,  the
Company's  business,  financial  condition  and results of  operations  could be
adversely  affected.  Moreover,  currency exchange  fluctuations in countries in
which the  Company has wholly  owned  subsidiaries  may have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's investment in those subsidiaries.

Protection of Intellectual Property

Refer to the section captioned  "Patents,  Copyrights,  Trademarks and Licenses"
above.

Management of Growth

The  Company  plans to continue to expand its  product  lines,  focus  increased
efforts on marketing and  distribution  and pursue  strategic  acquisitions  and
relationships.  The Company's growth plans will present management,  competitive
and other challenges to the Company's executive management and employees.  There
can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  achieve  its  planned
expansion  goals or manage  its growth  effectively.  The  Company's  failure to
manage growth  effectively could have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Future Acquisitions

The Company may in the future pursue acquisition of complementary  technologies,
product lines or businesses.  Future  acquisitions  by the Company may result in
potentially   dilutive  issuances  of  equity  securities,   the  incurrence  of
additional  debt and  amortization  expenses  related to goodwill and intangible
assets that could  adversely  affect the Company's  profitability.  In addition,
acquisitions involve numerous risks,  including difficulties in the assimilation
of the  operations  and  products of the  acquired  company,  the  diversion  of
management's  attention from other business concerns,  risks of entering markets
in  which  the  Company  has no or  limited  direct  prior  experience,  and the
potential loss of key employees of the acquired company.  In the event that such
an  acquisition  does occur,  there can be no  assurance as to its effect on the
Company's business or operating results.


                                    Page 15
<PAGE>


Dependence on Key Personnel

Refer to the section captioned "Employees" above.

Potential Volatility of Stock Price

There has been  significant  volatility  in the market  price of  securities  of
technology companies.  The Company believes factors such as announcements of new
products by the Company or its competitors and quarterly variations in financial
results could cause the market price of the Company's  Common Stock to fluctuate
substantially. In addition, the stock market has experienced volatility that has
particularly affected the market prices for many technology companies' stock and
that often has been unrelated to the operating  performance  of such  companies.
These market  fluctuations  may continue in the future and may adversely  affect
the price of the Company's Common Stock.

Item 2.   Properties

In May 1997, The Company completed the sale of the land and building  comprising
its Redmond,  Washington  corporate  headquarters  and is currently  leasing the
96,000  square foot  building  back on a 10 year  lease-back  agreement  with an
option to renew the lease for an  additional  10 years.  See Note 6 of "Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements".  In addition,  approximately 15,000 square
feet is leased at four foreign sales and service locations.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

Nothing to report.

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Stockholders

No matters were submitted for a vote of  stockholders  of the Company during the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 25, 1997.


                                    Page 16
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

Item 5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder
          Matters

The following  table shows,  for the periods  indicated,  the market sales price
range for the Company's  common stock as reported by the Nasdaq  National Market
tier of The Nasdaq Stock Market (Nasdaq symbol is DAIO).

       Period                                        High          Low
       ------                                        ----          ---
1997   Fourth Quarter                               $8.00        $6.13
       Third Quarter                                 7.63         4.63
       Second Quarter                                6.50         4.50
       First Quarter                                 5.50         4.38

1996   Fourth Quarter                               $5.63        $4.00
       Third Quarter                                 6.00         4.38
       Second Quarter                                6.88         5.13
       First Quarter                                 7.75         5.38

The  approximate  number of  shareholders  of record and  approximate  number of
beneficial   shareholders   of  record  at  March  2,  1998  was  927  and  4100
respectively.

Except for a special cash dividend of $4.15 per share paid on March 8, 1989, the
Company has not paid cash  dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate
paying regular cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's U.S. line
of  credit  agreement   restricts  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  through  a
requirement for minimum levels of tangible net worth.


                                    Page 17
<PAGE>


Item 6.   Selected Five-Year Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Year Ended
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Dec. 25,       Dec. 26,     Dec. 28,     Dec. 29,    Dec. 30,
(in thousands, except employee and per share data)                1997           1996         1995         1994       1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>    
For The Year:
    Net sales                                                    $46,284       $48,860       $57,496     $53,456     $55,147
    Gross margin                                                  23,536        22,926        30,110      27,772      25,801
    Research and development                                       7,807         8,121         6,581       6,282       6,600
    Selling, general and administrative                           13,924        14,618        15,719      15,627      22,369
    Provision for business restructuring (1)                                                                           6,120
    Operating income (loss)                                        1,805           187         7,810       5,863      (9,288)
    Non-operating income (expense)                                 2,757           (59)          125        (134)     (2,218)
    Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
        taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change           4,562           128         7,935       5,729     (11,506)
    Income tax (expense) benefit                                    (176)         (121)         (892)       (975)        700
    Income (loss) from continuing operations before
        cumulative effect of accounting change                     4,386             7         7,043       4,754     (10,806)
    Income (loss) from discontinued operations (2)                 7,114        (1,108)       (2,282)     (2,028)       (851)
    Cumulative effect of accounting change (3)                                                                           400
    Net income (loss)                                             11,500       ($1,101)       $4,761      $2,726    ($11,257)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At Year-end:
    Working capital                                              $33,226       $10,054       $12,005     $10,038      $3,582
    Total assets                                                 $57,736       $39,319       $44,776     $43,487     $43,025
    Long-term debt                                                              $1,500        $1,500      $1,500      $1,500
    Total debt                                                    $2,000        $1,605        $1,617      $1,940      $3,867
    Stockholders' equity                                         $34,614       $22,559       $25,929     $24,343     $21,183
    Number of employees from continuing operations                   328           332           349         345         414
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Data (4):
    Basic earnings per share:
        From continuing operations                                 $0.63         $0.00         $0.94       $0.65      ($1.45)
        Net income (loss)                                          $1.66        ($0.16)        $0.64       $0.37      ($1.57)
    Diluted earnings per share:
        From continuing operations                                 $0.62         $0.00         $0.89       $0.64      ($1.45)
        Net income (loss)                                          $1.62        ($0.16)        $0.60       $0.37      ($1.57)
    Book value per share at year end                               $4.92         $3.33         $3.66       $3.28       $2.92
    Shares outstanding at year end                                 7,039         6,778         7,084       7,432       7,250
    Weighted average shares outstanding                            6,909         6,857         7,515       7,354       7,170
    Weighted average and potential shares outstanding              7,087         7,035         7,879       7,420       7,170
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Key Ratios:
    Current ratio                                                    2.7           1.7           1.7         1.6         1.2
    Gross margin to sales                                           50.9%         46.9%         52.4%       52.0%       46.8%
    Operating income (loss) to sales                                 3.9%          0.4%         13.6%       11.0%      (16.8%)
    Income (loss) from continuing operations to sales                9.5%          0.0%         12.2%        8.9%      (19.6%)
    Return on average stockholders' equity  (5)                     16.8%          0.0%         26.9%       21.4%      (36.4%)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Footnotes:

(1)  For  further  discussion,  see Note 3 of "Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements."

(2)  For  further  discussion,  see Note 2 of "Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements."

(3)  Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for income taxes to SFAS 109.

(4)  All amounts restated to comply with SFAS 128,  Earnings Per Share. See Note
     12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."

(5)  Computed  based  on  income  (loss)  from  continuing   operations   before
     cumulative effect of accounting change.


                                    Page 18
<PAGE>


Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
          Results of Operations

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Although most of the information contained in this report is historical, certain
of the statements contain forward-looking  information. To the extent statements
in this report involve, without limitation, product development and introduction
plans,  the  Company's  expectations  for growth,  estimates of future  revenue,
expenses,  profit,  cash flow,  balance  sheet items,  sell-through  or backlog,
forecasts  of demand or market  trends for the  Company's  products  and for the
industries  in which  the  Company  operates  or any  other  guidance  on future
periods,  these  statements are  forward-looking  and involve  matters which are
subject to a number of risks and  uncertainties  that could cause actual results
to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such  forward-looking
statements.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include  product  development  or
production difficulties or delays due to supply constraints,  technical problems
or other  factors;  technological  changes;  the effect of global,  national  an
regional  economic   conditions;   changes  in  operating  system  platforms  of
preference;  the impact of competitive products and pricing;  changes in demand;
increases in component  prices or other costs;  inventory risks due to shifts in
market demand, product obsolescence or other factors and a number of other risks
including  those  identified by the Company under the caption "Risk  Factors" in
Item 1 and  elsewhere in this report,  and other risks  identified  from time to
time in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, press
releases and other  communications.  There can be no assurance  the Company will
not  encounter  significant  technological,  supplier,  manufacturing  or  other
problems which will cause the  introduction or production of its new products to
be delayed.  All forward looking statements contained in this report reflect the
Company's  expectations  at the  time  of this  report  only,  and  the  Company
disclaims  any  responsibility  to  revise or  update  any such  forward-looking
statement except as may be required by law.

Results of Continuing Operations

For all periods  presented  in this  section,  results of  operations  have been
reclassified  to  reflect  the  classification  of the  Company's  Semiconductor
Equipment and Synario Design  Automation  Divisions as  discontinued  operations
(see "Discontinued Operations"). Prior year's figures have been reclassified for
comparability.


NET SALES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                Years Ended                              Years Ended
                                             --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
Net sales                                          1997          1996     % Change         1996          1995     % Change
- -------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------- ----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>    
Non-automated programming systems                $30,498       $33,767     (9.7%)        $33,767       $37,891     (10.9%)

Automated programming systems                     15,786        15,093      4.6%          15,093        19,605     (23.0%)
                                             ------------- ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------- ----------

Total Programming Systems Division               $46,284       $48,860     (5.3%)        $48,860       $57,496     (15.0%)


<CAPTION>
                                                              Years Ended                              Years Ended
                                             --------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
Net sales by location                              1997          1996     % Change        1996           1995     % Change
- -------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------- ----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>    
United States                                    $22,290       $23,554     (5.4%)        $23,554       $31,125     (24.3%)

   % of total                                       48.2%         48.2%                     48.2%         54.1%

International                                    $23,994       $25,306     (5.2%)        $25,306       $26,371      (4.0%)

   % of total                                       51.8%         51.8%                     51.8%         45.9%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1997 vs. 1996

The Company experienced an overall decline in sales and orders for the Company's
Programming Systems Division products during 1997. Orders declined approximately
4.7% to $48.4 million in 1997, compared with $50.8 million in 1996.


                                    Page 19
<PAGE>


Sales  for  the  Programming  Systems  Division  are  expected  to  continue  to
experience pressure due primarily to delays in new product  introductions by the
Company. The Company believes that increased  competition in the areas where new
Data I/O product  introductions  are not scheduled to occur until 1998, or where
these new products  will not be available in  production  volumes until 1998, or
where  products  are nearing the end of their  product  life  cycles,  adversely
affected sales in 1997 and will continue to do so. In addition,  the declines in
non-automated  programming systems also reflect the continuing market shift away
from the Company's  traditional  line of  higher-price  IC  programmers  for the
engineering  market,  toward lower-price  programmers.  As a result, the Company
believes  that until its new products  are  released and shipping in  production
quantities,  overall demand for its  programming  systems will likely be flat or
may decrease in 1998.  Recent changes in  programmable  IC  technology,  such as
increasingly  complex  logic  ICs,  lower  voltage  requirements  and higher pin
counts,  and the increasing need for higher quality and high-volume  programming
by users of programmable  ICs means that there is a significant  market need for
more  sophisticated  programmers  with new programming  technology and automated
programming systems. The Company currently has development projects underway for
new programmer and automation technology designed to address the needs perceived
by the  Company to be created by these  technology  changes.  In  addition,  the
Company  released  four new  low-cost  programming  products  late in the second
quarter,  consisting of the  ChipWriter(TM),  the ChipWriter(TM)  Portable,  the
ChipWriter(TM)  Gang and the  LabSite(TM)  Programming  System.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will complete  development of planned new products as
scheduled  or that new  products  will  generate  significant  sales.  See "Risk
Factors" in Item 1 of Part I above.

During 1997  international  sales were slightly lower as compared to 1996. Sales
decreased in Europe,  Canada and Japan, but increased slightly in other parts of
the  world.  The  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  changes  reduced  sales  by
approximately $1.1 million during 1997 compared to 1996. These declines were due
primarily to exchange  rate  changes for the German Mark and the  Japanese  Yen.
When the U.S.  Dollar is  stronger,  sales of the  Company's  products  in local
currency  translate  into fewer U.S.  Dollars.  However,  offsetting the revenue
translation impact is the translation of local currency costs and expenses.

1996 vs. 1995

The decline in overall  automated  handling systems sales and orders in 1996 was
primarily  due to a slowdown in capital  spending by  electronics  manufacturing
companies.  However,  the Company  believes that increased  competition in areas
where new Data I/O  product  introductions  were not  scheduled  to occur  until
future periods, or where products are nearing the end of their life cycles, also
had a negative affect on sales in 1996.

The Company  believes the  declines in  non-automated  programming  systems also
reflect the continuing market shift away from the Company's  traditional line of
higher-priced  IC programmers for the engineering  market,  toward  lower-priced
programmers.  This shift has been caused in part by  advances  in  semiconductor
processing  technology that have lowered the barriers to entry in the programmer
business  over the last several  years.  This has caused new market  entrants to
appear regularly,  each trying to carve out a niche. New entrants cause downward
price pressure, and each cycle of new competitors lowers the acceptable price of
a conventional  IC programmer in the customer's  view. In addition,  the Company
believes  that  technological  improvements  in  personal  computers  and design
software  tools  have  caused  a shift  in the  demand  for IC  design  tools by
engineering design teams away from hardware tools in favor of increased software
design tools. These industry changes had, and are continuing to have, an adverse
effect on the  Company's  IC  programmer  sales and  gross  margins,  especially
because the Company's  products  historically have been oriented toward hardware
tools and, within hardware tools, toward higher-priced IC programmers.

The Company  experienced a small decrease in international sales during 1996 due
to lower sales in Europe due to the slowdown in capital  spending by electronics
manufacturing  companies and the negative  impact of foreign  currency  exchange
rate  changes,  which were  partially  offset by  increased  sales in Asia.  The
foreign  currency  exchange  rate changes  reduced sales by  approximately  $1.0
million during 1996 compared to 1995.  These declines were due primarily to rate
changes  for the  German  Mark and the  Japanese  Yen.  When the U.S.  Dollar is
stronger, sales of the Company's products in local currency translate into fewer
U.S.  Dollars.  However,  offsetting  the  revenue  translation  impact  is  the
translation of local currency costs and expenses.


                                    Page 20
<PAGE>


GROSS MARGIN

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                      1997             Change               1996             Change              1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                  <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>    
Gross margin                      $23,536              2.7%             $22,926            (23.9%)            $30,110
Percentage of net sales             50.9%                                 46.9%                                 52.4%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1997 vs. 1996

The gross margin  increased in Dollars and as a percentage  of sales during 1997
compared  to  1996.  The  increase  in gross  margin  is due  primarily  to less
inventory  reserves  recorded in 1997, offset by lower volumes and lower product
margins  in 1997.  The  relatively  high fixed  component  of cost of goods sold
causes any shift in total volume to have a  significant  impact on gross margin.
The  shift in mix of  product  revenues  from  higher-priced  and  higher-margin
non-automated  programming systems to the lower-priced  alternatives has lowered
the overall  product gross margins.  Also  contributing  to the decline of gross
margin was the  strengthening of the U.S. Dollar in relation to the Japanese Yen
and the German Mark, in which approximately 21% of the Company's 1997 sales were
denominated.

1996 vs. 1995

The gross margin  decreased in Dollars and as a percentage  of sales during 1996
compared  to 1995.  The  decrease  in gross  margin was due  primarily  to lower
volumes,  lower product margins and increases in inventory reserves in 1996. The
shift  in  mix  of  product  revenues  from   higher-priced   and  higher-margin
non-automated  programming systems to the lower-priced alternatives also lowered
the overall  product gross margins.  Also  contributing  to the decline of gross
margin was the  strengthening of the U.S. Dollar in relation to the Japanese Yen
and the German Mark,  in which  approximately  18% of the  Company's  sales were
denominated.


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                      1997             Change               1996             Change              1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>               <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C>   
Research and development           $7,807            (3.9%)              $8,121             23.4%              $6,581
Percentage of net sales             16.9%                                 16.6%                                 11.5%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1997 vs. 1996

Research  and  development  spending  decreased  in amount  but  increased  as a
percentage of sales in 1997 compared to 1996. The spending decrease is primarily
due to reduced  spending on materials  related to development  projects and open
job  positions.  The  increase  as a  percentage  of sales is due to lower sales
volume.  The Company expects to continue its significant  investment in research
and  development,  especially  for  projects  related  to planned  1998  product
introductions.

The Company  believes it is essential to invest in research and  development  to
support its existing  products and to create new products as markets develop and
technologies  change.  The  Company is focusing  its  research  and  development
efforts in its strategic growth markets,  namely new programming  technology and
automated  handling  systems  for the  manufacturing  environment.  The  Company
expects to continue  this focus in the future and believes  that it is essential
to invest in research and  development  to support its existing  products and to
create new products as markets develop and technologies change.

1996 vs. 1995

Research  spending  increased both in Dollars and as a percentage of sales.  The
increase was primarily due to additional product development projects, including
those related to products  introduced in 1997, and additional  engineering staff
compensation costs.


                                    Page 21
<PAGE>


SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                      1997             Change              1996               Change             1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                 <C>               <C>                 <C>               <C>    
Selling, general 
  and administrative              $13,924             (4.8%)            $14,618             (7.0%)            $15,719
Percentage of net sales             30.1%                                 29.9%                                 27.3%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1997 vs. 1996

The  decrease in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  during 1997 as
compared to 1996 is primarily due to decreased costs related to the 1996 closure
of the UK office,  decreased  travel  costs and  decreased  Dollar  costs in the
Company's foreign offices due to the strengthened US Dollar, offset by increased
commissions due to an increased  number of sales  representatives  in the US and
Canada.

1996 vs. 1995

The decrease in selling,  general and  administrative  expenditures  during 1996
relative  to  1995  was  primarily  due  to  decreased  commissions,   incentive
compensation and decreased  expenses in the Company's  foreign  offices,  due in
part to currency rate changes.


INTEREST

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                       1997            Change                1996            Change                1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>                   <C>             <C>                   <C> 
Interest income                      $760            281.9%                $199            (50.0%)               $398
Interest expense                     $219            (14.5%)               $256             (6.2%)               $273
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1997 vs. 1996

Interest income  increased  during 1997 compared with 1996,  primarily due to an
increase in the average level of funds available for investment primarily due to
the  sale of the  Company's  headquarters  property  in May 1997  (see  "Sale of
Headquarters Property") and a decrease in the average investment interest rates.

1996 vs. 1995

Interest  income  decreased  during 1996 compared with 1995,  primarily due to a
decrease in the average level of funds  available for  investment and a decrease
in the average investment interest rates.


INCOME TAXES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                       1997                                  1996                                  1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                                  <C>                                   <C> 
Income tax expense                   $176                                  $121                                  $892
Effective tax rate                   3.9%                                 94.5%                                 11.2%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1997 vs. 1996

The effective  income tax rate for 1997 differed from the expected  provision at
the  statutory  35% tax rate  primarily  due to the  reversal  of tax  valuation
reserves.  The  adjustments to the valuation  reserves were due to an ability to
record a benefit for the offset of reversing temporary  differences against 1997
taxable income. See Note 14 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."

The Company had  valuation  allowances of $164,000 at December 25, 1997 compared
to  $3,238,000  at December 26, 1996 and  $2,292,000  at December 28, 1995.  The
valuation  reserves  may  increase  should the Company  incur  future  losses or
reverse as the Company recognizes income.


                                    Page 22
<PAGE>


1996 vs. 1995

The effective  income tax rate for 1996 differed from the expected  provision at
the  statutory  34% tax rate  primarily  due to the  addition  of tax  valuation
reserves. The increase in valuation reserves was due to an inability to record a
benefit for foreign tax credit  carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards  as well as the  reduced  ability  to offset  reversing  temporary
differences  against 1995 taxable  income after carrying back the 1996 tax loss.
See Note 14 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."

SALE OF HEADQUARTERS PROPERTY

On May 13, 1997 the Company  announced  the  completion  of the sale of land and
building comprising its Redmond,  Wash.,  corporate headquarters and excess land
that  had  been  held for  resale  for  approximately  $13.8  million,  less net
transaction related expenses and reimbursements of approximately  $400,000.  The
sale  includes a 10 year  lease-back  of the  building to the  Company,  with an
option to renew  the lease for an  additional  10 years.  The  Company  realized
approximately  $12 million in cash after payment of transaction  fees and taxes.
The sale resulted in an overall pre-tax gain of approximately  $5.6 million,  of
which  approximately  $2.3 million  related to the excess land was recognized in
the second quarter of 1997. The remainder will be amortized over the life of the
lease.

INCOME AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

  (in thousands, except per share data)           1997       1996         1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income from continuing operations                $4,386         $7       $7,043
Percentage of net sales                             9.5%       0.0%        12.2%
Earnings per share from continuing operations
  Basic Earnings per share                        $0.63      $0.00        $0.94
  Diluted earnings per share                      $0.62      $0.00        $0.89
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1997 vs. 1996

The increase in income and earnings per share from continuing operations in 1997
compared with 1996 is primarily  due to the sale of the  Company's  headquarters
property  (see "Sale of  Headquarters  Property"),  increased  gross margins and
lower operating expenses, offset by a decreased sales volume.

1996 vs. 1995

The decrease in income and earnings per share from continuing operations in 1996
compared with 1995 is primarily due to a combination of decreased  sales volume,
a lower gross margin percentage,  increased spending on new development projects
and recording of deferred tax valuation reserves.


                                    Page 23
<PAGE>


DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Semiconductor Equipment Division

In November  1997,  the Company sold the assets of its  Semiconductor  Equipment
Division,  Reel-Tech(TM)  Inc., to General  Scanning  Inc.,  for $15.5  million,
consisting  of $12  million  in cash,  $2  million  in common  stock of  General
Scanning Inc. and $1.5 million in assumed liabilities.  The assets of Reel-Tech,
Inc.  were  purchased  by the Company in August 1995.  Operating  results of the
Semiconductor Equipment Division and the gain on the sale of this segment are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       (in thousands)                                 1997        1996       1995
                                                    --------    --------   --------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C> 
Net Sales (1)                                         $7,640      $3,744       $625
                                                    ========    ========   ========
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes        926         225       (890)
Income tax expense                                                  (109)
                                                    --------    --------   --------
Income (loss) from operations                            926         116       (890)
                                                    --------    --------   --------
Gain on disposal before income taxes                  10,422
Income tax expense                                    (2,093)
                                                    --------    --------   --------
Gain on disposal                                       8,329
                                                    --------    --------   --------
Total income (loss) on discontinued segment           $9,255        $116      ($890)
                                                    ========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes  inter-segment  sales  to  the  Programming  Systems  Division  of
     $1,876,000 and $322,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Synario(R) Design Automation Division

Also in November  1997,  the Company  entered into a licensing  agreement and an
agreement  to sell certain  assets of its Synario  Design  Automation  Division.
Under this licensing agreement, the Company's Electronic Design Automation (EDA)
products  are  being  integrated  and  sold  with the EDA  product  line of MINC
Incorporated.  This  transaction  discontinues  the  Synario  Design  Automation
Division operations of the Company.  However, the Company is entitled to receive
and may realize certain licensing  revenues related to its ABEL and ECS products
through December 31, 1999. Also, the Company  negotiated a settlement to the OEM
Agreement  with  Synopsys  Inc.,  which is  reflected  in the loss on  disposal.
Operating results and the loss on the disposal of this segment are as follows:

(in thousands)                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Net Sales (1)                                      $7,172     $7,819     $7,910
                                                  =======    =======    =======
Loss from operations before income taxes           (2,088)    (1,224)    (1,392)
Income tax benefit                                    730
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Loss from operations                               (1,358)    (1,224)    (1,392)
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Loss on disposal before income taxes               (1,205)
Income tax benefit                                    422
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Loss on disposal                                     (783)
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Total loss on discontinued segment                 (2,141)    (1,224)    (1,392)
                                                  =======    =======    =======

(1)  Includes  net sales of $851,000 for retained  licensing  rights  recognized
     after the disposition in 1997.

INFLATION AND CHANGES IN FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES

Historically,  the  Company  has been able to  offset  the  impact of  inflation
through   efficiency   increases  and  price   adjustments.   Increasing   price
competition,  especially in IC  programmers,  is currently  diminishing  and may
continue to diminish the Company's ability to offset the impacts of inflation in
the future.

Sales and  expenses  incurred by foreign  subsidiaries  are  denominated  in the
subsidiary's  local currency and translated  into U.S. Dollar amounts at average
rates of exchange  during the year.  To date the foreign  currency  rate changes
have not  significantly  impacted the Company's  profitability.  This is because
approximately  25% of the Company's sales are made by foreign  subsidiaries  and
independent currency fluctuations tend to minimize the translation effect of any
individual currency exchange fluctuations, and the


                                    Page 24
<PAGE>


effect of  individual  rate  changes on sales and  expenses  tend to offset each
other.  Additionally,  the Company hedges its foreign currency exposure on sales
of inventory  and certain loans to its foreign  subsidiaries  through the use of
foreign  exchange  contracts.  See Note 1 of  "Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements."

Financial Condition

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

(in thousands)           1997       Change       1996        Change      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Working capital         $33,226    $23,712      $10,054     ($1,951)    $12,005
Total debt               $2,000       $395       $1,605        ($12)     $1,617
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Working  capital  increased  significantly  during 1997  primarily  due to funds
received from the sale of the Company's  Semiconductor  Equipment  Division (see
"Discontinued  Operations") and the sale of the corporate  headquarters property
(see "Sale of Headquarters Property").

The  Company's  trade  accounts  receivable  related  to  continuing  operations
decreased  by  approximately  $1.5  million  during 1997  primarily  due to more
successful  collections  toward year-end and decreased sales volume in 1997. The
Company increased its inventory level by $618,000 during 1997,  primarily due to
the ProMaster 970 beta units in inventory at year-end 1997. Other current assets
increased $3.3 million in 1997 primarily due to accounts  receivable  related to
the Reel-Tech and Synario Design  Automation  Divisions which were not sold as a
part of the disposals of these divisions in November 1997.

Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased by $4.2 million primarily due to
accrual of additional  contingent  payments  related to the 1995  acquisition of
Reel-Tech,  accrued incentive  compensation,  income taxes payable,  and accrued
employee  separation and  relocation  costs and remaining  accounts  payable and
accruals related to the disposed business segments.

As of  December  25,  1997,  the  Company  had  total  debt of $2.0  million  or
approximately  6% of its $34.6  million in equity.  Of this current  debt,  $1.5
million was for the balance of the purchase  price of the CAD/CAM Group that was
paid in January  1998 and the balance  was  borrowings  on its  foreign  line of
credit.  At December 25, 1997,  the Company also had an unused $8.0 million U.S.
line of credit maturing in May 1998 under which  borrowings would incur interest
at the bank's published prime rate or the LIBOR rate plus 110 basis points.

The foreign line of credit of $1.3 million matures in August 1998. Historically,
this debt and the U.S. line of credit,  have been  structured as short-term  and
have been renewed on their  maturity  dates.  The Company  expects to be able to
renew these lines of credit on maturity  under  substantially  the same terms as
those presently in place. No assurances can be made,  however,  in regard to the
renewal of these agreements.

The  Company  estimates  that  capital  expenditures  for  property,  plant  and
equipment during 1998 will be approximately $2.1 million.  Such expenditures are
expected  to be funded  from  internally  generated  funds  and,  if  necessary,
borrowings from the Company's existing credit lines.  Although the Company fully
expects that such expenditures will be made, it has commitments for only a small
portion of these amounts.

At December  25, 1997,  the  Company's  material  short-term  unused  sources of
liquidity consisted of approximately $33.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and
marketable  securities  and available  borrowings of $8.0 million under its U.S.
line of credit and approximately  $769,000 under its foreign line of credit. The
Company  believes these sources and cash flow from operations will be sufficient
during 1998 to fund working  capital  needs,  service  existing debt and finance
planned capital acquisitions.

SHARE  REPURCHASE  PROGRAM

The  Company  announced  on October 27, 1995 a share  repurchase  program  which
authorized the Company to repurchase up to 7.5%  (approximately  570,000 shares)
of its outstanding shares of common stock. On February 21, 1996 and May 13, 1997
the  Company  announced  an  extension  of the share  repurchase  program  which
authorized  the Company to  repurchase  up to an  additional  8%  (approximately
570,000 shares) and approximately 14.5% (up to 1,000,000 shares) respectively of
its  outstanding  common stock.  These  purchases  may be executed  through open
market purchases at prevailing market prices,


                                    Page 25
<PAGE>


through block purchases or in privately negotiated  transactions.  Purchases may
commence or be  discontinued  at any time. As of December 25, 1997,  the Company
had repurchased 1,016,200 shares at a total cost of approximately $7.1 million.

General

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000

Some of the  Company's  older  computer  programs  were written using two digits
rather than four to define the  applicable  year.  As a result,  those  computer
programs have  time-sensitive  software that  recognize a date using "00" as the
year 1900  rather  than the year  2000.  This  could  cause a system  failure or
miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of  operations,  including,  among  other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions,  send invoices, or engage
in similar normal business activities.

The Company has completed an assessment of its data processing  systems and will
have to modify or replace  portions of its software so that its computer systems
will function  properly  with respect to dates in the year 2000 and  thereafter.
The total Year 2000 project cost is estimated at approximately $1 million, which
includes  approximately  $200,000 for new hardware that will be capitalized  and
approximately  $800,000  that will be expensed as  incurred.  As of December 25,
1997, the Company had incurred and expensed  approximately  $300,000  related to
this project.

The Company  believes  that the project  should be  completed  by June 30, 1998,
which is prior to any anticipated impact on its operating  systems.  The Company
believes,  based  on  its  current  understanding  of  its  systems,  that  with
modifications to the existing software and conversions to new software, the Year
2000 Issue  should not pose  significant  operational  problems for its computer
systems.  However,  if such modifications and conversions are not properly made,
or are not completed timely, the Year 2000 Issue could have a material impact on
the operations of the Company. The cost of the project and the date on which the
Company  believes  it will  complete  the Year 2000  modifications  are based on
management's best estimates,  which were derived utilizing numerous  assumptions
of future events,  including the continued  availability  of certain  resources,
cooperation  of vendors and other  factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee
that these estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ materially
from  those  anticipated.  Specific  factors  that  might  cause  such  material
differences  include,  but are not  limited  to,  the  availability  and cost of
personnel  trained in the area,  the ability to locate and correct all  relevant
computer codes, and similar uncertainties.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Not applicable.

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See pages 27 through 44.


                                    Page 26
<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Data I/O Corporation

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of Data  I/O
Corporation  as of December  25, 1997,  and  December 26, 1996,  and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended  December 25, 1997.  Our audits also
included the  financial  statement  schedule  listed in the Index at Item 14(a).
These financial  statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial position of Data
I/O   Corporation  at  December  25,  1997,  and  December  26,  1996,  and  the
consolidated  results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended  December  25,  1997,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  Also, in our opinion,  the related  financial
statement  schedule,   when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  financial
statements  taken as a whole,  presents  fairly  in all  material  respects  the
information set forth therein.


Seattle, Washington                                        /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
February 10, 1998                                              ERNST & YOUNG LLP



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Management of Data I/O  Corporation is responsible  for the  preparation and
integrity  of  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related
information that appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes
that  the  financial  statements  fairly  reflect  the  form  and  substance  of
transactions  and  reasonably  present the  Company's  financial  condition  and
results of its  operations  in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  Management  has  included  in the  Company's  financial  statements
amounts  that are  based on  estimates  and  judgments,  which it  believes  are
reasonable under the circumstances.

The  Company  maintains  a system  of  internal  control  which is  designed  to
safeguard  the  Company's  assets and ensure that  transactions  are recorded in
accordance with Company policies.

The  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  has an Audit  Committee  composed  of
non-management  Directors. The Committee meets with financial management and the
independent  auditors to review  internal  accounting  controls and  accounting,
auditing and financial reporting matters.


/s/ JAMES J. DAVID                                            /s/ JOEL S. HATLEN
JAMES J. DAVID                                                    JOEL S. HATLEN
President                                                 Vice President Finance
                                                         Chief Financial Officer
                                                         Secretary and Treasurer


                                    Page 27
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================
                                                          Dec. 25,      Dec. 26,      Dec. 28,
FOR THE YEARS ENDED                                         1997          1996         1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except per share data)

<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>    
Net sales                                                  $46,284       $48,860       $57,496
Cost of goods sold                                          22,748        25,934        27,386
                                                          --------      --------      --------
Gross margin                                                23,536        22,926        30,110

Operating expenses:
     Research and development                                7,807         8,121         6,581
     Selling, general and administrative                    13,924        14,618        15,719
                                                          --------      --------      --------
        Total operating expenses                            21,731        22,739        22,300
                                                          --------      --------      --------
        Operating income                                     1,805           187         7,810

Non-operating income (expense):
     Interest income                                           760           199           398
     Interest expense                                         (219)         (256)         (273)
     Foreign currency exchange                                 (51)           (2)
     Net gain on dispositions                                2,267
                                                          --------      --------      --------
        Total non-operating income (expense)                 2,757           (59)          125
                                                          --------      --------      --------
     Income from continuing operations
        before income taxes                                  4,562           128         7,935
Income tax expense                                            (176)         (121)         (892)
                                                          --------      --------      --------
     Income from continuing operations                       4,386             7         7,043

Discontinued operations net of income taxes (Note 2):
     Loss from operations, net of income tax benefit          (432)       (1,108)       (2,282)
     Gain on disposals, net of income taxes                  7,546
                                                          --------      --------      --------
        Income (loss) from discontinued operations           7,114        (1,108)       (2,282)
                                                          --------      --------      --------
Net income (loss)                                          $11,500       ($1,101)       $4,761
                                                          ========      ========      ========

Basic earnings (loss) per share:
     From continuing operations                              $0.63         $0.00         $0.94
     From discontinued operations                             1.03         (0.16)        (0.30)
                                                          --------      --------      --------
     Total basic earnings per share                          $1.66        $(0.16)        $0.64
                                                          ========      ========      ========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
     From continuing operations                              $0.62         $0.00         $0.89
     From discontinued operations                             1.00         (0.16)        (0.29)
                                                          --------      --------      --------
     Total diluted earnings per share                        $1.62        $(0.16)        $0.60
                                                          ========      ========      ========

Weighted average shares outstanding                          6,909         6,857         7,515
                                                          ========      ========      ========
Weighted average and potential shares outstanding            7,087         7,035         7,879
                                                          ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                    Page 28
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Dec. 25,      Dec. 26,
                                                                 1997          1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>    
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                    $8,113        $4,048
    Marketable securities                                        24,855
    Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for
        doubtful accounts of $394 and $362                        5,678         7,168
    Inventories                                                   8,158         7,540
    Recoverable income taxes                                                      474
    Deferred income taxes                                         1,990           762
    Other current assets                                          3,910           630
    Current assets from discontinued operations                                 3,715
                                                               --------      --------
        TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                     52,704        24,337

Land held for sale                                                              2,437
Property, plant and equipment - net                               3,389         8,866
Other assets                                                        532         1,016
Deferred income taxes                                             1,111
Other assets from discontinued operations                                       2,663
                                                               --------      --------
        TOTAL ASSETS                                            $57,736       $39,319
                                                               ========      ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    Accounts payable                                             $3,760        $1,606
    Accrued compensation                                          2,958         2,220
    Deferred revenue                                              4,795         4,509
    Other accrued liabilities                                     3,117         2,095
    Accrued costs of business restructuring                                       312
    Income taxes payable                                          2,848           777
    Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt        2,000           105
    Current liabilities from discontinued operations                            2,659
                                                               --------      --------
        TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                19,478        14,283

Long-term debt                                                                  1,500
Long-term other payables                                            561           503
Deferred gain on sale of property                                 3,083
Deferred income taxes                                                             474
                                                               --------      --------
        TOTAL LIABILITIES                                        23,122        16,760

COMMITMENTS

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
    Preferred stock -
        Authorized, 5,000,000 shares, including
           200,000 shares of Series A Junior Participating
        Issued and outstanding, none
    Common stock, at stated value -
        Authorized, 30,000,000 shares
        Issued and outstanding, 7,038,786
           and 6,777,720 shares                                  16,412        15,247
    Retained earnings                                            18,345         6,845
    Unrealized loss on marketable securities                       (732)
    Cumulative translation adjustment                               589           467
                                                               --------      --------
        TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                               34,614        22,559
                                                               --------      --------
        TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              $57,736       $39,319
                                                               ========      ========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                    Page 29
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Dec. 25,      Dec. 26,      Dec. 28,
For the years ended                                                      1997          1996          1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>   
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
    Income from continuing operations                                    $4,386            $7        $7,043
    Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing
      operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization                                      1,740         2,968         3,503
       Net gain on dispositions                                          (2,267)
       Deferred income taxes                                               (459)         (129)          120
       Deferred revenue                                                     286           (60)          150
       Amortization  of deferred gain on sale                              (213) 
       Net change in:
          Trade accounts receivable                                       1,547         3,993        (2,378)
          Inventories                                                      (618)          262          (960)
          Other current assets                                           (3,277)          (22)          762
           Business restructure                                            (312)         (653)         (855)
          Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                        4,185        (1,481)         (434)
                                                                       --------      --------      --------
    Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations        4,998         4,885         6,951
    Cash used by operating activities of discontinued operations         (3,839)         (761)         (843)
                                                                       --------      --------      --------
    Net cash provided by operating activities                             1,159         4,124         6,108

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Additions to property, plant and equipment                           (1,197)       (1,819)       (2,369)
    Net proceeds on sale of property                                     13,430
    Additions to other assets                                               (14)                       (104)
    Purchases of marketable securities                                  (45,687)
    Proceeds from sales of marketable securities                         20,100
    Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations                        15,525
    Net investing activities of discontinued operations                                  (492)       (2,340)
                                                                       --------      --------      --------
       Cash provided by (used in) investing activities                    2,157        (2,311)       (4,813)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Additions to (repayment of) notes payable                               412            (9)         (351)
    Sale of common stock                                                    344           321           333
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                 824           426           585
    Repurchase of common stock                                               (3)       (3,028)       (4,119)
    Net financing activities of discontinued operations                    (854)                       (570)
                                                                       --------      --------      --------
       Cash provided by (used in) financing activities                      723        (2,290)       (4,122)

                                                                       --------      --------      --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                          4,039          (477)       (2,827)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash                                     26            29            44
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                            4,048         4,496         7,279
                                                                       ========      ========      ========
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                 $8,113        $4,048        $4,496
                                                                       ========      ========      ========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest                                                               $152          $120          $121
    Income taxes                                                         $1,748          $564          $923
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                    Page 30
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Unrealized
                                                          Common Stock                                Loss on         Cumulative
                                                   ----------------------------      Retained       Marketable       Translation
                                                    Shares           Amount          Earnings       Securities       Adjustment
                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------
(in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                <C>                <C>              <C>               <C>               <C> 

Balance at December 29, 1994                       7,431,901          $20,729           $3,185                             $429

Net income                                                                               4,761
Stock options exercised                              118,125              585
Issuance of stock through
   Employee Stock Purchase Plan                       96,199              333
Purchase of Common Stock                            (562,400)          (4,119)
Cumulative translation adjustment                                                                                            26
                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------
Balance at December 28, 1995                       7,083,825           17,528            7,946                              455

Net loss                                                                                (1,101)
Stock options exercised                               81,500              426
Issuance of stock through
   Employee Stock Purchase Plan                       65,695              321
Purchase of Common Stock                            (453,300)          (3,028)
Cumulative translation adjustment                                                                                            12
                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------
Balance at December 26, 1996                       6,777,720           15,247            6,845                              467

Net income                                                                              11,500
Stock options exercised                              168,125              735
Issuance of stock through Directors Fee Plan          13,508               89
Issuance of stock through
   Employee Stock Purchase Plan                       79,933              344
Purchase of Common Stock                                (500)              (3)
Unrealized loss on marketable
   securities                                                                                            ($732)
 Cumulative translation adjustment                                                                                          122
                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------
Balance at December 25, 1997                       7,038,786          $16,412          $18,345           ($732)            $589
                                                 ===========      ===========      ===========     ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                    Page 31
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

Data I/O Corporation (the "Company") manufactures hardware products for users of
programmable  integrated  circuits.  The Company's  principal  customers use the
Company's programming systems to design and manufacture electronic equipment for
industrial,  commercial and military  applications.  Customers for the Company's
programming  system  products  are located  around the world,  primarily  in the
United  States,  Europe  and the Far East.  All of the  Company's  manufacturing
operations are located in the United States. During 1997 the Company disposed of
its  Semiconductor  Equipment and Synario  Design  Automation  Divisions,  which
removed  Electronic  Design Software (EDA) software  products and  semiconductor
equipment  products  from  the  Company's  product  offerings.   See  Note  2  -
Discontinued Operations.

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated   financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Data  I/O
Corporation  and its wholly owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reporting Period

The  Company  reports  on  a  fifty-two,  fifty-three  week  basis.  Results  of
operations for 1997, 1996 and 1995 are for fifty-two week periods.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of the  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements,  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has elected to apply the disclosure-only provisions of the Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 123,  Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation.  Accordingly,  the Company  accounts for stock-based  compensation
using the  intrinsic  value method  prescribed in  Accounting  Principles  Board
Opinion  (APB) No. 25,  Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees,  and related
interpretations.  Compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess,
if any, of the fair value of the Company's Common Stock at the date of the grant
over the stock option price.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities  denominated in foreign  currencies are translated at the
exchange  rate on the  balance  sheet date.  Revenues,  costs and  expenses  are
translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year.  Translation
adjustments resulting from this process are charged or credited to stockholders'
equity,  net of taxes.  Realized  and  unrealized  gains and  losses on  foreign
currency  transactions are included in non-operating expense as Foreign Currency
Exchange.

In an effort to minimize the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on the results
of its operations,  the Company hedges certain  portions of its foreign currency
exposure  through  the use of  forward  exchange  contracts,  none of which  are
speculative.  At December 25, 1997,  the Company had  approximately  $375,000 in
foreign exchange contracts  outstanding,  with the contract exchange rates being
approximately  equal to the market  exchange  rates.  These contract terms range
from 7 to 60 days.


                                    Page 32
<PAGE>


Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash  equivalents  are highly  liquid  investments  with  insignificant
interest rate risk. The Company  invests in the highest grade  commercial  paper
with original  maturities of three months or less and conservative  money market
funds. Interest earned is reported in non-operating income as interest income.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities are primarily money market funds and high-grade commercial
paper,  all of which are classified as  available-for-sale  and recorded at fair
value, as defined below.  Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded,  net
of any tax effect,  as a component of stockholders'  equity.  Interest earned is
reported in non-operating income as interest income.  Marketable  securities are
classified  in the  balance  sheet as current and  noncurrent  based on maturity
dates and the Company's  expectation  of sales and  redemptions in the following
year.

Fair value of Financial Instruments

The  carrying  value  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  marketable   securities
approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of those instruments.
The fair value of the Company's  marketable  securities is based upon the quoted
market price on the last business day of the fiscal year plus accrued  interest,
if any.

Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at the lower of cost or  market  with  cost  being the
currently  adjusted  standard  cost,  which  approximates  cost  on a  first-in,
first-out basis.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment,  including leasehold improvements,  are stated at
cost and  depreciation  is  calculated  over the  estimated  useful lives of the
related assets or lease terms on the straight-line basis.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from  product  sales is  recognized  at the time of shipment or customer
acceptance,  if an  acceptance  clause is specified in the sales terms.  Revenue
from  software  products  licensed  to  original   equipment   manufacturers  is
recognized when earned per the terms of the contracts.  Revenue from the sale of
service and update contracts is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a
straight-line basis over the contractual period.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. No software development
costs have been capitalized due to immateriality.

Advertising Expense

The Company expenses  advertising costs as incurred.  Total advertising expenses
related to continuing operations were $1,676,000,  $2,052,000, and $1,663,000 in
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Warranty Expense

The Company  warrants  its  products  against  defects for periods  ranging from
ninety days to one year.  The Company  provides for the estimated cost which may
be incurred under its product warranties.


                                    Page 33
<PAGE>


Income Taxes

Income tax expense includes U.S., state and foreign income taxes.  Certain items
of income and  expense are not  reported  in both the tax returns and  financial
statements  in the same year.  The Company  accounts  for income taxes under the
liability  method.   Under  the  liability  method,   deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are determined based on differences  between financial reporting and
tax bases of assets and  liabilities,  and are  measured  using the  enacted tax
rates and laws  that will be in effect  when the  differences  are  expected  to
reverse.  Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred
tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Earnings Per Share

In 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 128, Earnings
Per Share.  SFAS 128  replaced  the  calculation  of primary  and fully  diluted
earnings  per share with basic and diluted  earnings per share.  Unlike  primary
earnings per share,  basic earnings per share  excludes any dilutive  effects of
options, warrants and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share is very
similar to the  previously  reported  fully  diluted  earnings  per  share.  All
earnings  per share  amounts for all  periods  presented  have been  restated to
conform to the SFAS 128 requirements and such effects were not material.

Diversification of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit risk consist  primarily of trade  receivables.  The Company's  cash, cash
equivalents  and  marketable   securities  consist  of  high  quality  financial
instruments.  The Company's trade receivables are  geographically  dispersed and
include  customers in many different  industries.  Management  believes that any
risk of loss is significantly  reduced due to the diversity of its end-customers
and geographic sales areas. The Company performs on-going credit  evaluations of
its customers' financial condition and requires  collateral,  such as letters of
credit and bank guarantees, whenever deemed necessary.

Reclassifications

Certain prior years'  balances have been  reclassified to conform to the current
year presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The  FASB  issued  SFAS  130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  and  SFAS  131,
Disclosures  About Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information.  SFAS 130
established  standards for reporting  comprehensive income in annual and interim
financial  statements.  SFAS 131  establishes  standards for the way that public
business  enterprises  report  information  about  operating  segments in annual
financial  statements  and  requires  that  those  enterprises  report  selected
information  about  operating  segments in interim  financial  reports issued to
shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures  about
products and services,  geographic areas, and major customers.  The Company will
adopt  SFAS  130 and 131 in 1998  and  does not  anticipate  any  impact  on the
Company's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

NOTE 2 - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In November  1997,  the Company sold the assets of its  Semiconductor  Equipment
Division,  Reel-Tech(TM)  Inc., to General  Scanning  Inc.,  for $15.5  million,
consisting  of $12  million in cash,  $2  million  in stock and $1.5  million in
assumed liabilities.  The consolidated  financial statements include the results
of operations  of  Reel-Tech,  Inc.  since the  acquisition  of this business on
August 31, 1995.  Also in November  1997,  the Company  entered into a licensing
agreement  and an  agreement  to sell certain  assets of its  Synario(R)  Design
Automation Division.  Under this licensing  agreement,  the Company's Electronic
Design  Automation  (EDA)  products are being  integrated  and sold with the EDA
product line of MINC  Incorporated.  This  transaction  discontinues the Synario
Design Automation  Division operations of the Company.  However,  the Company is
entitled to receive and may realize certain  licensing  revenues  related to its
ABEL and ECS products through December 31, 1999.


                                    Page 34
<PAGE>


The income from  operations of these  discontinued  segments have been accounted
for as discontinued operations, and accordingly, their operations are segregated
in  the  accompanying  statements  of  operations.   Operating  results  of  the
discontinued segments and the gain on the sale of these segments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Semiconductor Equipment Division
- --------------------------------
(in thousands)                                             1997            1996            1995
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>               <C> 
Net sales (1)                                              $7,640         $3,744            $625
                                                        ===========     ==========     ===========
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes             926            225           (890)
Income tax expense                                                          (109)
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Income (loss) from operations                                 926            116           (890)
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Gain on disposal before income taxes                       10,422
Income tax expense                                         (2,093)
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Gain on disposal                                            8,329
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Total income (loss) from discontinued segment              $9,255           $116          ($890)
                                                        ===========     ==========     ===========
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes  inter-segment  sales  to  the  Programming  Systems  Division  of
     $1,876,000 and $322,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Synario Design Automation Division
- ----------------------------------
(in thousands)                                             1997          1996 (2)        1995 (2)
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>             <C>   
Net sales (1)                                               $7,172       $7,819          $7,910
                                                        ===========     ==========     ===========
Loss from operations before income taxes                   (2,088)       (1,224)        (1,392)
Income tax benefit                                             730
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Loss from operations                                       (1,358)       (1,224)        (1,392)
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Loss on disposal before income taxes                       (1,205)
Income tax benefit                                             422
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Loss on disposal                                             (783)
                                                        -----------     ----------     -----------
Total loss from discontinued segment                       (2,141)       (1,224)        (1,392)
                                                        ===========     ==========     ===========
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes  net sales of $851,000 for retained  licensing  rights  recognized
     after the disposition in 1997.

(2)  Includes  sales and  operations  of the ABEL product  which was  previously
     reported as part of the Programming Systems Division.

The disposition  transactions of these segments were completed prior to December
25, 1997.  The Company  retained  the existing  trade  accounts  receivable  and
certain  liabilities  related to the disposed segments,  which are classified as
other current assets and other current  liabilities in the Consolidated  Balance
Sheet at December 25, 1997.  The  components of assets and  liabilities of these
discontinued segments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 26,
1996, are as follows:

(in thousands)
Trade accounts receivable                                             $2,628
Inventory                                                                720
Other current assets                                                     367
                                                                 ------------
     Total current assets                                              3,715
                                                                 ------------
Properties, plant and equipment, net                                     564
Other assets                                                           2,099
                                                                 ------------
     Total assets                                                      6,378
                                                                 ------------
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                  1,674
Deferred revenue                                                         985
                                                                 ------------
     Total current liabilities                                         2,659
                                                                 ------------
     Net assets of discontinued operations                            $3,719
                                                                 ============


                                    Page 35
<PAGE>


NOTE 3 - PROVISION FOR BUSINESS RESTRUCTURING

During the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company  recorded a pretax charge of $6.1
million  related  to the  restructure  of its sales and  distribution  channels,
downsizing its operations to a level consistent with anticipated lower sales and
product  margins,  and  consolidation  and outsourcing of certain  manufacturing
processes.  Of the total $6.1  million  restructuring  charge,  the Company paid
approximately  $1.5 million in cash in 1993,  $2.1 million in 1994,  $855,000 in
1995, $653,000 in 1996 and $312,000 in 1997. In addition, since inception of the
restructuring,  the Company recorded approximately $800,000 in asset write-downs
related to its restructuring.

NOTE 4 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES

Marketable  securities  as of December  25, 1997  consist of the  following  (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Unrealized       Unrealized        Estimated
                                                 Cost            Gains           Losses         Fair Value
                                             ------------    -------------    ------------    --------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>                 <C>              <C>    
Corporate bonds                                   $2,774                                             $2,774
Medium- and short-term notes                       2,934                                              2,934
Euro-dollar bonds                                 16,629                                             16,629
Taxable auction securities                           500                                                500
General Scanning Inc. common stock                 2,000                           ($732)             1,268
Cash held in escrow                                  750                                                750
                                             ------------    -------------    ------------    --------------
                                                 $25,587                           ($732)           $24,855
                                             ============    =============    ============    ==============
</TABLE>

Certain of the bonds,  notes and securities  held have maturity dates beyond one
year.  However,  the Company does not anticipate  holding these  investments for
more  than  one  year  and have  therefore  classified  them all as  short-term,
available-for-sale investments as of December 25, 1997.

The Company  received  75,118 shares of General  Scanning  Inc.  common stock as
consideration in the sale of the assets of the Company's Semiconductor Equipment
Division in November 1997 (see Note 2 - Discontinued Operations). As of December
25,  1997,  the market  value of the  General  Scanning  Inc.  common  stock had
decreased.  This  unrealized  loss has been reported as a separate  component of
shareholders  equity,  net of tax. Also in connection with the Company's sale of
the assets of its  Semiconductor  Equipment  Division,  $750,000 of the proceeds
were placed in escrow for a period of one year after the transaction date.

NOTE 5 - INVENTORIES

Net inventories consisted of the following components (in thousands):

                                         Dec. 25,                  Dec. 26,
                                           1997                      1996
                                   ------------------        -----------------
Raw material                              $2,965                    $3,523
Work-in-process                            2,470                     2,184
Finished goods                             2,723                     1,833
                                   ------------------
                                                             =================
                                          $8,158                    $7,540
                                   ==================        =================


                                    Page 36
<PAGE>


NOTE 6 - SALE OF LAND

The  Company  announced  on May 13,  1997,  the sale of the  land  and  building
comprising its Redmond,  Washington,  corporate  headquarters for $13.8 million,
less net  transaction  related  expenses  and  reimbursements  of  approximately
$400,000. The sale includes a 10 year lease-back of the building to the Company,
with an option to renew the lease for an additional 10 years.

The Company  realized $12 million in cash after payment of transaction  fees and
taxes.  The sale  represents  an  overall  pre-tax  gain to the  Company of $5.6
million.  Of this amount, $2.3 million was recognized in 1997 with the remainder
to be amortized over the life of the lease.

NOTE 7 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property,  plant  and  equipment  consisted  of  the  following  components  (in
thousands):

                                          Dec. 25,             Dec. 26,
                                            1997                 1996
                                       ---------------      ---------------
Land                                                           $     910
Building and improvements                 $      83                7,539
Equipment                                    21,493               20,372
                                       ---------------      ---------------
                                             21,576               28,821
Less accumulated depreciation                18,187               19,955
                                       ---------------      ===============
Property, plant and equipment - net          $3,389               $8,866
                                       ===============      ===============

NOTE 8 - OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consisted of the following components (in thousands):

                                           Dec. 25,               Dec. 26,
                                             1997                   1996
                                       ---------------      ---------------
Long-term lease deposits                  $     220            $     234
Investment in product lines                   3,749                3,749
                                       ---------------      ---------------
                                              3,969                3,983
Less accumulated amortization                 3,437                2,967
                                       ---------------      ===============
Other assets - net                             $532               $1,016
                                       ===============      ===============

Total amortization  recorded for 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $470,000,  $475,000 and
$669,000, respectively.

Investment In Product Lines: Quality Automation

On  September  25,  1992,  the  Company  exercised  options  acquired in 1990 to
purchase the assets, technology and rights in the products of Quality Automation
Inc.,  and Q.A.  Engineering,  Inc.  (both  herein  combined  and referred to as
"Quality Automation" or "QA"). Of the total acquisition cost, approximately $3.8
million of various identifiable  intangible assets were reported as Other Assets
in the  accompanying  balance  sheets and are being  amortized  ratably over the
economic life of the specific  assets  acquired  (three to five years).  The net
book value of the assets capitalized in Other Assets related to this acquisition
is  $310,000  and  $780,000  at  December  25,  1997,  and  December  26,  1996,
respectively.


                                    Page 37
<PAGE>


NOTE 9 - NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Notes  payable as of  December  25, 1997 and  December  26,  1996  consisted  of
borrowings  under a $1.3  million  unsecured  foreign  revolving  line of credit
maturing  in  November  1998 with  variable  interest  rates of 1.8% to 3.5% and
weighted-average  interest  rates  of 2.4%  and 1.8% at  December  25,  1997 and
December 26, 1996, respectively.

Current  maturities of long-term debt and long-term debt as of December 25, 1997
and  December 26, 1996 relate to an  unsecured  note  payable for $1.5  million,
which matured and was repaid on January 19, 1998,  with variable  interest rates
based on one-year  U.S.  Treasury  Bills (5.4% at December  25, 1997 and 5.5% at
December 26, 1996).

The Company  also has a U.S.  unsecured  revolving  line of credit of $8 million
maturing May 31, 1998 with variable interest rates of the lender's prime rate or
LIBOR plus 1.1% at the Company's option.

Historically,  the U.S.  and  foreign  lines of credit have been  structured  as
short-term  and have been  continuously  renewed on their  maturity  dates.  The
Company  anticipates  renewing these lines of credit in 1998 under substantially
the same terms. No assurance can be made,  however,  in regard to the renewal of
these agreements if the Company again experiences losses.

NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS

The Company has  commitments  under  non-cancelable  operating  leases and other
agreements,  primarily for factory and office  space,  with initial or remaining
terms of one year or more as follows (in thousands):

                      1998                $1,435
                      1999                 1,233
                      2000                 1,183
                      2001                 1,167
                      2002                 1,244
                      Thereafter           5,032

Lease and rental expense was  $1,060,000,  $809,000,  and $967,000 in 1997, 1996
and 1995, respectively.  The Company has renewal options on substantially all of
its major leases.

NOTE 11 - STOCK AND RETIREMENT PLANS

Stock Option Plans

At December 25, 1997,  there were 1,058,250  shares of common stock reserved for
issuance  and 141,250  shares  available  for future  grant under the  Company's
employee  stock option  plans.  Pursuant to these plans,  options are granted to
officers and key employees of the Company with exercise prices equal to the fair
market  value of the common stock at the date of grant and  generally  vest over
four years.  Options granted under the plans have a maximum  termination date of
six years from the date of grant.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan,  eligible  employees may purchase shares
of the Company's common stock at six-month  intervals at 85% of the lower of the
fair  market  value  on the  first or the  last  day of each  six-month  period.
Employees  may purchase  shares  having a value not exceeding 10% of their gross
compensation  during an offering period.  During 1997, 1996 and 1995, a total of
79,933, 65,695 and 96,199 shares were purchased under the plan at average prices
of $4.30, $4.88 and $3.46 per share, respectively. At December 25, 1997, a total
of 404,812 shares were reserved for future issuance.

Stock Appreciation Rights Plan

The  Company  has a Stock  Appreciation  Rights  Plan  ("SAR")  under which each
director,  executive  officer or holder of 10% or more of the  Company's  common
stock has a SAR with respect to each exercisable stock option.  The SAR entitles
the SAR holder to receive cash from the Company for the  difference  between the
market  value of the  stock  and the  exercise  price of the  option  in lieu of
exercising  the related  option.  SARs are only  exercisable  following a tender
offer or  exchange  offer for the  Company's  stock,  or  following  approval by
stockholders  of the Company of any  merger,  consolidation,  reorganization  or
other  transaction  providing for the conversion or exchange of more than 50% of
the common shares outstanding. As no event


                                    Page 38
<PAGE>


has occurred which would make the SARs exercisable,  no compensation expense has
been recorded under this plan.

Retirement Savings Plan

The  Company has a savings  plan that  qualifies  as a cash or  deferred  salary
arrangement  under Section 401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code. Under the plan,
participating  U.S.  employees  may  defer  up to 17% of their  pre-tax  salary,
subject to the annual IRS  limitation.  In fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995, the
Company  contributed  one Dollar for each Dollar  contributed  by a participant,
with a maximum  contribution  of 4% of a participant's  earnings.  The Company's
matching  contribution expense for the savings plan was approximately  $432,000,
$478,000 and$455,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Director Fee Plan

The Company has a Director Fee Plan which provides for the payment of the annual
retainer  fees to directors  who are not  employees of Data I/O  Corporation  by
delivery  of shares  of the  Company's  common  stock.  The  number of shares is
determined  by dividing  the fee by the share price on the first  trading day of
the year or as of the date such Director is elected to the Board of Directors. A
total of 200,000  shares  were  authorized  in 1996 for the plan.  During 1997 a
total of 13,508 shares were issued at a weighted-average price of $6.58 for fees
related to 1996,  and during  1998 a total of 20,932  shares will be issued at a
weighted-average  price of $5.13 for fees related to 1997.  Compensation expense
recorded in 1997 and 1996 related to these shares was approximately $107,000 and
$89,000, respectively.

Share Repurchase Program

On May 13, 1997 the Company's Board of Directors  extended the Share  Repurchase
Program.  This extension  authorizes the repurchase of up to an additional 14.5%
(approximately  1,000,000  shares) of the  Company's  outstanding  common  stock
through  open market  purchases at  prevailing  market  prices or through  block
purchases or through privately negotiated transactions. During 1997, the Company
repurchased 500 shares of its common stock under the Share  Repurchase  Program.
Purchases may commence or be discontinued at any time and the Board of Directors
may withdraw this authorization at any time.

NOTE 12 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per
share (in thousands except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997           1996           1995
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>             <C>   
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:
   Income from continuing operations                        $4,386             $7         $7,043
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations                7,114         (1,108)        (2,282)
                                                        ==========     ==========     ==========
   Net income (loss)                                       $11,500        ($1,101)        $4,761
                                                        ==========     ==========     ==========
Denominator:
   Denominator for basic earnings per share -
       weighted-average shares                               6,909          6,857          7,515
   Employee stock options (1)                                  178            178            364
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
   Denominator for diluted earnings per share -
       adjusted weighted-average shares and
       assumed conversions                                   7,087          7,035          7,879
                                                        ==========     ==========     ==========
Basic earnings (loss) per share
   From continuing operations                                $0.63          $0.00          $0.94
   From discontinued operations                               1.03          (0.16)         (0.30)
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total basic earnings per share                            $1.66         ($0.16)         $0.64
                                                        ==========     ==========     ==========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
   From continuing operations                                $0.62          $0.00          $0.89
   From discontinued operations                               1.00          (0.16)         (0.29)
                                                        ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total diluted earnings per share                          $1.62         ($0.16)         $0.60
                                                        ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes employee stock options which were antidilutive of 71,000, 374,000,
     and 249,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                    Page 39
<PAGE>


NOTE 13 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by
Statement  123, and has been  determined as if the Company had accounted for its
employee stock  options,  employee stock purchase plan options and directors fee
shares under the fair value method of that  Statement.  The fair value for these
options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes  option pricing
model with the following weighted average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Employee Stock                   Employee Stock               Director
                                                   Options                    Purchase Plan Options           Fee Plan
                                         ----------------------------       -------------------------      ---------------
                                         1997        1996        1995       1997      1996       1995      1997       1996
                                         ----        ----        ----       ----      ----       ----      ----       ----
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>  
Risk-free interest rates                 6.23%       6.40%       5.94%      5.58%     5.39%      5.95%     5.98%      5.33%
Volatility factors                       1.28        0.49        0.49       1.28      0.49       0.49      1.28       0.49
Expected life of the option in years     5.06        4.75        4.75       0.50      0.50       0.50      1.00       1.00
Expected dividend yield                  None        None        None       None      None       None      None       None
</TABLE>

For purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair value of the options
granted,  which is  estimated  to be $2.75,  $2.68 and $4.01 per share for 1997,
1996 and 1995,  respectively,  is amortized to expense over the options' vesting
period. During the phase in period of Statement 123, which has been applied only
for options  granted  after 1994,  the effects of  applying  the  Statement  for
providing pro forma  disclosure  are not  indicative of future amounts until the
new rules are applied to all  outstanding  nonvested  awards.  The Company's pro
forma information follows (in thousands, except per share data):

                                                1997         1996         1995
                                               -------     -------       ------
Net income (loss) - as reported                $11,500     ($1,101)      $4,761
Net income (loss) - pro forma                  $10,144     ($1,582)      $4,574

Diluted earnings per share - as reported         $1.62      ($0.16)       $0.60
Diluted earnings per share - pro forma           $1.43      ($0.22)       $0.58

A summary of the  Company's  stock  option  activity,  and  related  information
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          December 25, 1997              December 26, 1996              December 28, 1995
                                      ---------------------------    ---------------------------    ------------------------
                                                     Weighted                        Weighted                      Weighted
                                                      Average                         Average                       Average
                                                     Exercise                        Exercise                      Exercise
                                         Options       Price            Options        Price          Options        Price
                                         -------       -----            -------        -----          -------        -----
<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>  
Outstanding - beginning of year          912,000       $5.22            859,125        $5.03          816,000        $3.39
   Granted                               542,000        5.01            246,250         5.42          280,750         8.21
   Exercised                            (168,125)       3.46            (81,500)        4.03         (118,125)        3.02
   Expired or Forfeited                 (368,875)       6.70           (111,875)        5.15         (119,500)        3.49
                                        --------       -----           --------        -----         --------        -----
Outstanding - end of year                917,000       $4.82            912,000        $5.22          859,125        $5.03
                                        ========                       ========                      ========

Exercisable at end of year               433,313       $4.74            349,875        $4.13          267,250        $3.55
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding at
December 25, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Options Outstanding                             Options Exercisable
                     ------------------------------------------------         ------------------------------
                                          Weighted
                                          Average            Weighted                              Weighted
                         Number          Remaining           Average              Number           Average
   Range of          Outstanding at     Contractual          Exercise         Exercisable at       Exercise
Exercise Prices         12/25/97       Life in Years          Price              12/25/97           Price
                     --------------    -------------         --------         --------------       --------
<S>                     <C>                 <C>               <C>                 <C>               <C>  
 $2.44 - $3.75          219,000             2.31              $3.17               179,625           $3.12
 $4.56 - $4.56          235,250             3.93              $4.56                70,938           $4.56
 $4.69 - $5.00          332,250             5.62              $4.99               105,000           $5.00
 $5.56 - $8.63          130,500             4.42              $7.63                77,750           $8.33
 -------------          -------             ----              -----                ------           -----
 $2.44 - $8.63          917,000             4.23              $4.82               433,313           $4.74
                        =======                                                   =======
</TABLE>


                                    Page 40
<PAGE>


NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)                                                                  Year Ended December
                                                                         ---------------------------------
                                                                           1997         1996        1995
                                                                         -------      -------      -------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>         <C>   
Components of income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes:
  U.S. operations                                                         $4,034        ($842)      $6,985
  Foreign operations                                                         528          970          950
                                                                         -------      -------      -------
                                                                          $4,562         $128       $7,935
                                                                         =======      =======      =======
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of:
  Current tax expense (benefit)
    U.S. federal                                                            $506         $247         $606
    State                                                                     58          (11)          77
    Foreign                                                                   71           14           89
                                                                         -------      -------      -------
                                                                             635          250          772
  Deferred tax expense (benefit)
    U.S. federal                                                            (459)        (129)         105
    Foreign                                                                    0            0           15
                                                                         -------      -------      -------
                                                                            (459)        (129)         120
                                                                         -------      -------      -------
        Total income tax expense                                            $176         $121         $892
                                                                         =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

For federal  income tax  purposes,  a deduction  is  received  for stock  option
compensation  gains. The benefit of this deduction,  which is recorded in common
stock, was $158,000, $98,000, and $222,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

A reconciliation of the Company's effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal
tax rate is as follows:

                                                     Year Ended December
                                                ----------------------------
                                                 1997       1996        1995
                                                -----      -----       -----
Statutory rate                                   35.0%      34.0%       34.0%
Foreign Sales Corporation tax benefit            (3.6%)    (139.9%)     (3.2%)
State and foreign income tax, net of

   federal income tax benefit                     1.5%     (57.8%)        .9%
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     (26.0%)    443.5%      (19.2%)
Other                                            (3.0%)   (185.3%)      (1.3%)
                                                -----      -----       -----
                                                  3.9%      94.5%       11.2%
                                                =====      =====       =====


                                    Page 41
<PAGE>


The tax effects of temporary  differences that gave rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax  liabilities are presented below (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Dec. 25,      Dec. 26,
                                                                       1997         1996
                                                                     -------      -------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>    
Deferred income tax assets:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                                 $   113      $   114
     Inventory and product return reserves and basis differences       1,298        1,470
     Land basis                                                                     1,509
     Compensation accruals                                               235          277
     Intercompany profit                                                 187          174
     Pension and retirement accruals                                     206          240
     Accrued liabilities                                               1,308          347
     Book over tax depreciation and amortization                         157
     Foreign net operating loss carryforwards                              4          184
     Tax credit carryforwards                                              9          283
     Other, net                                                           54          267
                                                                     -------      -------
                                                                       3,571        4,865
     Valuation allowance                                                (164)      (3,238)
                                                                     -------      -------
        Total deferred income tax assets                               3,407        1,627
                                                                     -------      -------

Deferred income tax liabilities:
     Tax over book depreciation and amortization                                    1,072
     Foreign currency translation                                        306          267
                                                                     -------      -------
        Total deferred income tax liabilities                            306        1,339
                                                                     =======      =======
             Net deferred income tax assets                          $ 3,101      $   288
                                                                     =======      =======

Balance sheet classification:
     Current assets                                                  $ 1,990      $   762
     Noncurrent assets                                                 1,111
     Noncurrent liabilities                                                          (474)
                                                                     =======      =======
                                                                     $ 3,101      $   288
                                                                     =======      =======
</TABLE>

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets decreased  $3,074,000 during the
year ended  December 25, 1997 due primarily to the taxable  income  generated in
1997,  and  increased  $946,000  during the year  ended  December  26,  1996 due
primarily to the loss generated in 1996 and the inability to utilize foreign tax
credits.  The net deferred  tax assets  recorded  were limited to the  estimated
carryback  benefit  available  from  temporary  differences at the time of their
expected reversal.


                                    Page 42
<PAGE>


NOTE 15 - GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT INFORMATION

Historically,  Data I/O Corporation and its  subsidiaries  operated within three
major divisions: (1) electronic programming systems used by customers to handle,
program,  test and mark programmable  ICs; (2)  semiconductor  equipment used to
handle,  transport and mark integrated circuits (Reel-Tech);  and (3) electronic
design automation  software used to create designs for programmable ICs (Synario
Design Automation).  The Reel-Tech and Synario Design Automation  Divisions were
discontinued   during  1997.  See  Note  2  for  further   discussion  of  these
discontinued  operations  including  results  of these  operations  and  related
balance sheet accounts.

No one customer  accounted for more than 10% of the Company's  revenues in 1997,
1996 and 1995.  Major  operations  outside  the U.S.  include  sales and service
support subsidiaries in Japan, Germany,  Canada,  Singapore and, through the end
of 1996, the United Kingdom.

Geographic  information for the three years ended December 25, 1997 is presented
in the table that  follows.  Net sales,  as shown in the table below,  are based
upon the  geographic  area into which the products were sold and  delivered.  As
such,  U.S.  export sales of  $21,207,000,  $20,214,000 and $18,914,000 in 1997,
1996 and 1995,  respectively,  have been excluded from U.S.  reported net sales.
Transfers between  geographic areas are made at prices consistent with rules and
regulations  of  governing  tax  authorities.  The profit on  transfers  between
geographic  areas is not  recognized  until  sales  are  made to  non-affiliated
customers.  For purposes of the table below, the profit on the transfers between
geographic areas has been shown in operating income in the geographic area where
the final sale to non-affiliated customers took place. Certain general corporate
expenses are charged to the U.S. segment.  Identifiable  assets are those assets
that can be directly associated with a particular geographic area.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended December
                                                        ------------------------------------
(in thousands)                                            1997          1996          1995
                                                        --------      --------      --------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>     
Net sales:
   U.S                                                  $ 22,290      $ 23,554      $ 31,125
   Europe                                                 11,548        12,963        15,373
   Other                                                  12,446        12,343        10,998
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                        $ 46,284      $ 48,860      $ 57,496
                                                        ========      ========      ========
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations:
   U.S                                                  ($   219)     ($ 2,254)     $  3,425
   Europe                                                  1,323         1,279         2,517
   Other                                                     701         1,162         1,868
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                        $  1,805      $    187      $  7,810
                                                        ========      ========      ========
Identifiable assets of the continuing operations:
   U.S                                                  $ 51,539      $ 26,039      $ 29,390
   Europe                                                  2,737         2,852         5,049
   Other                                                   3,460         4,050         4,114
                                                        --------      --------      --------
                                                        $ 57,736      $ 32,941      $ 38,553
                                                        ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>


                                    Page 43
<PAGE>


NOTE 16 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

The following table sets forth unaudited selected  quarterly  financial data for
the Company for 1997 and 1996.  Although the Company's business is not seasonal,
growth  rates of sales and  earnings  have varied  from  quarter to quarter as a
result of factors such as stocking orders from international  distributors,  the
timing of new  product  introductions,  business  acquisitions,  and  short-term
industry and general U.S. and international economic conditions.  Information as
to any one or more quarters is therefore not necessarily indicative of trends in
the Company's business or profitability.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands except per share data)                                                  1997
                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
For the quarters ended:                                      Mar. 27         June 26         Sept. 25        Dec. 25
                                                             -------         -------         -------         -------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>    
   Net sales                                                 $11,867         $11,398         $11,762         $11,257
   Gross margin                                                5,958           5,596           6,320           5,662
   Income from continuing operations                             432           2,018           1,436             500
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations                  (384)           (639)           (452)           8,589
   Net income                                                     48           1,379             984           9,089
   Earnings per share from continuing operations:         
        Basic                                                  $0.06           $0.29           $0.21            $.07
        Diluted                                                $0.06           $0.29           $0.20            $.07
   Total earnings per share :                             
        Basic                                                  $0.01           $0.20           $0.14           $1.30
        Diluted                                                $0.01           $0.20           $0.14           $1.26
   Market price per share:                                
        High                                                   $5.50           $6.50           $7.63           $8.00
        Low                                                    $4.38           $4.50           $4.63           $6.13
                                                        
<CAPTION>
(in thousands except per share data)                                                  1996
                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
For the quarters ended:                                      Mar. 28         June 27         Sept. 26        Dec. 26
                                                             -------         -------         -------         -------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>    
   Net sales                                                 $12,819         $12,732         $11,525         $11,784
   Gross margin                                                5,882           5,999           4,977           6,068
   Income (loss) from continuing operations                      365             (79)           (559)            280
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations                   (303)           (627)            301            (479)
   Net income (loss)                                              62            (706)           (258)           (199)
   Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:
        Basic                                                  $0.05          ($0.01)         ($0.08)          $0.04
        Diluted                                                $0.05          ($0.01)         ($0.08)          $0.04
   Total earnings (loss) per share:
        Basic                                                  $0.01          ($0.10)         ($0.04)          ($.03)
        Diluted                                                $0.01          ($0.10)         ($0.04)          ($.03)
   Market price per share:
        High                                                   $7.75           $6.88           $6.00           $5.63
        Low                                                    $5.38           $5.13           $4.38           $4.00
</TABLE>

The Company completed the sale of its headquarters  property resulting in a $2.3
million pre-tax gain  recognized  during the second quarter of 1997. The Company
disposed of its Semiconductor  Equipment and Synario Design Automation Divisions
resulting  in a gain from  discontinued  operations  of $7.5  million net of tax
during the fourth quarter of 1997.

Data I/O Corporation's common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market tier of
The Nasdaq Stock  Market  under the symbol DAIO and is quoted in many  financial
publications,  including the Wall Street Journal.  The per share prices reported
in the table  above are those  reported  by NASDAQ.  The  approximate  number of
stockholders of record and the approximate number of beneficial  stockholders of
record at March 2, 1998, was 927 and 4100, respectively.

Except for a special cash dividend of $4.15 per share paid on March 8, 1989, the
Company has not paid cash  dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate
paying regular cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company's U.S. line
of  credit  agreement   restricts  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  through  a
requirement for minimum levels of tangible net worth.


                                    Page 44
<PAGE>


Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
          Financial Disclosures

None.

                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information regarding the Registrant's directors is set forth under "Election of
Directors" in the Company's  Proxy  Statement  relating to the Company's  annual
meeting of shareholders  to be held on May 12, 1998, and is incorporated  herein
by  reference.  Such  Proxy  Statement  will be  filed  within  120  days of the
Company's year end. Information regarding the Registrant's executive officers is
set forth in Item 1 of Part I herein  under the caption  "Executive  Officers of
the Registrant".

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information  called for by Part III, Item 11, is included in the Company's Proxy
Statement relating to the Company's annual meeting of shareholders to be held on
May 12, 1998, and is incorporated  herein by reference.  The information appears
in the Proxy Statement under the caption  "Executive  Compensation."  Such Proxy
Statement will be filed within 120 days of the Company's year end.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Information  called for by Part III, Item 12, is included in the Company's Proxy
Statement relating to the Company's annual meeting of shareholders to be held on
May 12, 1998, and is incorporated  herein by reference.  The information appears
in the Proxy  Statement  under the  caption  "Voting  Securities  and  Principal
Holders."  Such Proxy  Statement  will be filed within 120 days of the Company's
year end.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

None.


                                    Page 45
<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements

     The following list is a subset of the list of exhibits  described below and
     contains all  compensatory  plans,  contracts or  arrangements in which any
     director or executive  officer of the Company is a participant,  unless the
     method of allocation of benefits  thereunder is the same for management and
     non-management participants:

     (1)  Amended and Restated 1982 Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan. See Exhibit
          10.16.

     (2)  Retirement Plan and Trust Agreement.  See Exhibit 10.7,  10.9,  10.12,
          10.22, 10.27, 10.28, and 10.29.

     (3)  1985 Stock Option Plan. See Exhibit 10.1.

     (4)  1984 FutureNet Employee Stock Option Plan. See Exhibit 10.2.

     (5)  Summary of Management  Incentive  Compensation Plan. See Exhibit 10.6,
          10.10 and 10.25.

     (6)  Amended and Restated 1983 Stock Appreciation  Rights Plan. See Exhibit
          10.5.

     (7)  Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan. See Exhibit 10.30.

     (8)  Form of Change in Control Agreements. See Exhibit 10.8.

     (9)  1996 Director Fee Plan. See Exhibit 10.13 and 10.32.

     (10) Synario Division Proceeds Sharing Plan. See Exhibit 10.14.

     (11) Letter Agreement with William J. Haydamack. See Exhibit 10.15.

     (12) Agreement and General Release with William J.  Haydamack.  See Exhibit
          10.33.

     (13) Separation Agreement with William C. Erxleben. See Exhibit 10.34.

     (14) Consulting Agreement with William C. Erxleben. See Exhibit 10.35.

(a)  List of Documents Filed as a Part of This Report:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                                   ----
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
     (1)  Index to Financial Statements:

          Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors                                                         27

          Report of Management                                                                                      27

          Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years ended December 25, 1997                 28

          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 25, 1997 and December 26, 1996                                 29

          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 25, 1997                 30
</TABLE>


                                    Page 46
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
          Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years ended December 25, 1997       31

          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                                32

     (2)  Index to Financial Statement Schedules:

          II   Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                       52


          All other  schedules  not listed above have been  omitted  because the
          required  information  is  included  in  the  consolidated   financial
          statements or the notes thereto, or is not applicable or required.


     (3)  Index to Exhibits:

          3    Articles of Incorporation:

               3.1    The Company's restated Articles of Incorporation filed November 2, 1987
                      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's 1987 Annual Report on
                      Form 10-K  (File No. 0-10394)).                                                              N/A

               3.2    The Company's Bylaws as amended and restated as of March 12, 1998.                            60

               3.3    Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating
                      Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Company's
                      Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed April 5, 1988  (File No. 0-10394)).                 N/A


          4    Instruments  Defining the Rights of Security  Holders,  Including Indentures:

               4.1    Rights Agreement, dated as of April 4, 1998, between Data I/O Corporation and
                      ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. as Rights Agent, which includes: as
                      Exhibit A thereto, the Form of Right Certificate; and, as Exhibit B thereto, the
                      Summary of Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
                      (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
                      March 13, 1998).                                                                             N/A

               4.2    Rights Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1988, between Data I/O Corporation
                      and First Jersey National Bank, as Rights Agent, as amended by Amendment
                      No. 1 thereto, dated as of May 28, 1992 and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated
                      as of July 16, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's current
                      Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 1998).                                                 N/A


          10   Material Contracts:

               10.1   1985 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company's
                      1984 Annual Report on Form 10-K  (File No. 0-10394)).                                        N/A

               10.2   1984 FutureNet Employee Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.23 of the Company's 1984 Annual Report on Form 10-K  (File No. 0-10394)).                 N/A
</TABLE>


                                    Page 47
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
               10.3   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1992, by and among Data I/O
                      Corporation, CAD/CAM Group, Inc., and certain of its shareholders, and an Amendment
                      thereto, dated January 19, 1993 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the
                      Company's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K  (File No. 0-10394)).                              N/A

               10.4   Software Development Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1993, by and among Data 
                      I/O Corporation, Michael J. Mendelsohn and Peter C. Niday (Incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).       N/A

               10.5   Amended and Restated 1983 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan dated February 3, 1993
                      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Company's 1992 Annual Report on
                      Form 10-K  (File No. 0-10394)).                                                              N/A

               10.6   Summary of 1994 Management Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report on Form 10K
                      (File No. O-10394)).                                                                         N/A

               10.7   Amended and Restated Retirement Plan and Trust Agreement. (Incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report on Form 10K
                      (File No. O-10394)).                                                                         N/A

               10.8   Form of Change in Control Agreements (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 
                      of the Company's 1994 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                         N/A

               10.9   First Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan (Incorporated
                      by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's 1994 Annual Report on Form
                      10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                     N/A

               10.10  Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan dated January
                      1, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Company's 1995
                      Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                               N/A

               10.11  Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Plan dated January 1, 1996 (Incorporated 
                      by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K 
                      (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                         N/A

               10.12  Second Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan (Incorporated by 
                      reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K 
                      (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                         N/A

               10.13  Data I/O Corporation 1996 Director Fee Plan (Incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.27 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No.
                      0-10394)).                                                                                   N/A

               10.14  Synario Division Proceeds Sharing Plan (Confidential treatment has been
                      requested for certain portions of this exhibit) (Incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No.
                      0-10394)).                                                                                   N/A

               10.15  Letter Agreement with William J. Haydamack (Confidential treatment has
                      been requested for certain portions of this exhibit) (Incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form
                      10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                     N/A
</TABLE>


                                    Page 48
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
               10.16  Data I/O Corporation 1982 Employee Stock Purchase Plan Amended and Restated
                      December 11, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
                      Registration Statement of Form S-8 (File No. 333-20657, filed January 29, 1997)).            N/A

               10.17  Business Loan Agreement dated April 24, 1996, with Seattle First National
                      Bank for $8.0 million (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the
                      Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                N/A

               10.18  OEM Agreement between Synopsys, Inc. and Synario Design Automation a Division of
                      Data I/O Corporation. (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an
                      application for an order granting confidential treatment. The omitted portions
                      have been separately filed with the Commission) (Incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.31 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No.0-10394)).            N/A

               10.19  Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 9, 1996 (Relating to the sale
                      of Data I/O Corporation's headquarters property in Redmond, Washington
                      consisting of approximately 79 acres of land and an approximately 96,000
                      square foot building. (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant
                      to an application for an order granting confidential treatment.  The
                      omitted portions have been separately filed with the Commission)
                      (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Company's 1996 Annual
                      Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                      N/A

               10.20  Letter dated as of December 20, 1996, First Amendment and extension of the
                      Closing Date under that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of
                      July 9, 1996. (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an
                      application for an order granting confidential treatment.  The omitted
                      portions have been separately filed with the Commission) (Incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K
                      (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                         N/A

               10.21  Letter dated as of February 17, 1997, Second Amendment and extension of the
                      Closing Date under that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 9,
                      1996. (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an application for
                      an order granting confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been
                      separately filed with the Commission) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.34 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                   N/A

               10.22  Third Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan (Incorporated
                      by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form
                      10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                     N/A

               10.23  Asset Purchase Agreement, by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington
                      corporation, Reel-Tech Inc., a Washington corporation, and General Scanning
                      Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, dated November 28, 1997 (Incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's Form 8-K Report dated November 28, 1997).          N/A
</TABLE>


                                    Page 49
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
               10.24  Master Agreement, by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation,
                      Minc, Incorporated, a Colorado corporation, and Minc Washington Corp., a
                      Colorado corporation, dated November 12, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's Form 8-K Report dated November 12, 1997).                       N/A

               10.25  Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan dated January
                      1, 1997.                                                                                      71

               10.26  Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Plan dated January 1, 1997.                            75

               10.27  Fourth Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan.                                78

               10.28  Fifth Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan.                                 79

               10.29  Sixth Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan.                                 80

               10.30  Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan dated May 13, 1997.                               81

               10.31  Amendment, dated May 13, 1997, to the business loan agreement dated April
                      24, 1996, with Seattle First National Bank.                                                   89

               10.32  Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 1996 Director Fee Plan.                             91

               10.33  Agreement and General Release with William J. Haydamack.                                      96

               10.34  Separation Agreement with William C. Erxleben.                                                98

               10.35  Consulting Agreement with William C. Erxleben.                                               103

               10.36  First Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995,
                      among Reel-Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall,
                      and Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data
                      I/O Corporation.                                                                             107

               10.37  Second Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995,
                      among Reel-Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall,
                      and Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data
                      I/O Corporation.                                                                             115

               10.38  Third Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995,
                      among Reel-Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall,
                      and Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data
                      I/O Corporation.                                                                             119

               10.39  Fourth Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995,
                      among Reel-Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall,
                      and Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data
                      I/O Corporation.                                                                             127

          22   Subsidiaries of the Registrant                                                                       53

          24   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors                                                   54
</TABLE>


                                    Page 50
<PAGE>


(b)  Form 8-K:

A  report  on Form  8-K  dated  November  12,  1997 was  filed  relating  to the
disposition of the Synario Design Automation Division.

A  report  on Form  8-K  dated  November  28,  1997 was  filed  relating  to the
disposition of the assets of Reel-Tech, Inc.


                                    Page 51
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

          SCHEDULE II - CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Charged/
                                                      (Credited)   Charged to
                                        Balance at     to Costs       Other                           Balance at
                                        Beginning        and        Accounts-       Deductions-        End of
                                        of Period      Expenses     Describe         Describe          Period
- ---------------------------------       ---------     ----------   -----------      -----------       ---------
(in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>   
Year Ended December 28, 1995:
  Reserves and allowances
    deducted from asset accounts:
    Allowance for bad debts                $277           $55           $12(1)           $33(2)          $311
    Inventory reserves                   $1,437          $100                           $116(3)        $1,421

Year Ended December 26, 1996:
  Reserves and allowances
    deducted from asset accounts:
    Allowance for bad debts                $311          $101           $16(1)           $66(2)          $362
    Inventory reserves                   $1,421          $998                           $148(3)        $2,271

Year Ended December 25, 1997:
  Reserves and allowances
    deducted from asset accounts:
    Allowance for bad debts                $362           $53            $7(1)           $28(2)          $394
    Inventory reserves                   $2,271          $225                           $398(3)        $1,648
</TABLE>

(1)  Collection of accounts previously written off.

(2)  Uncollectable accounts written off.

(3)  Obsolete inventories written off, net of recoveries.


                                    Page 52
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT 22
                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


The following table indicates the name,  jurisdiction of incorporation and basis
of ownership of each of the Company's subsidiaries:

                                                   State or           Percentage
                                                 Jurisdiction          of Voting
                                                      of              Securities
     Name of Subsidiary                          Organization            Owned
     ------------------                          ------------            -----

Data I/O Japan Company, Limited                      Japan               100%

Data I/O International, Inc.                      Washington             100%

Data I/O European Operations GmbH                   Germany              100%

Data I/O FSC International, Inc.               Territory of Guam         100%

Data I/O Canada Corporation                         Canada               100%

Data I/O  GmbH                                      Germany              100%

Data I/O Limited                                United Kingdom           100%

Reel-Tech, Inc.                                   Washington             100%

Reel-Tech Singapore Pte, Ltd.                      Singapore             100%


                                    Page 53
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT 24

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Data I/O Corporation


We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements on
Form S-8 No. 333-20657  pertaining to the Company's 1982 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan and Director Fee Plan,  Forms S-8 No. 33-95608 and No. 33-54422  pertaining
to the Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan, Form S-8 No. 33-66824 pertaining to the
Company's 1982 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Form S-8 No. 33-03958 pertaining to
the Company's  1985 Stock Option Plan, and Form S-8 No.  33-02254  pertaining to
the Company's  1984  FutureNet  Employee  Stock Option Plan, of our report dated
February 10, 1998,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements and
schedule of Data I/O  Corporation  included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for
the year  ended  December  25,  1997  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.


                                                           /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Seattle, Washington
March 20, 1998


                                    Page 54
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                        DATA I/O CORPORATION
                                             (REGISTRANT)

DATED:   March 11, 1998                 By:  /s/  James J. David
                                             --------------------
                                             James J. David
                                                  President


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below on March 11, 1998, by the  following  persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.

     NAME                                          TITLE
     
     By:  /s/James J. David                        President
          ------------------------
          James J. David
     
     
     By:  /s/Frances M. Conley                     Director
          ------------------------                 Chairman of the Board
          Frances M. Conley            

     
     By:  /s/Edward D. Lazowska                    Director
          ------------------------
          Edward D. Lazowska
     
     
     By:  /s/Keith L. Barnes                       Director
          ------------------------
          Keith L. Barnes
     
     
     By:  /s/Joel S. Hatlen                        Chief Financial Officer
          ------------------------                 Vice President of Finance
          Joel S. Hatlen                           Secretary, Treasurer


                                    Page 55
<PAGE>


                               EXHIBITS INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit Number                                          Title                                                      Page Number
- --------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----------
<S>                                                                                                                     <C>
3       Articles of Incorporation:

        3.1     The Company's restated Articles of Incorporation filed November 2, 1987 (Incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's 1987 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).          N/A

        3.2     The Company's Bylaws as amended and restated as of March 12, 1998.                                       60

        3.3     Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
                Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form
                8-A filed April 5, 1988 (File No. 0-10394)).                                                            N/A

4       Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures:

        4.1     Rights Agreement, dated as of April 4, 1998, between Data I/O Corporation and ChaseMellon
                Shareholder Services, L.L.C. as Rights Agent, which includes: as Exhibit A thereto, the Form
                of Right Certificate; and, as Exhibit B thereto, the Summary of Rights to Purchase Series A
                Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current
                Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 1998).                                                            N/A

        4.2     Rights Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1988, between Data I/O Corporation and First Jersey
                National Bank, as Rights Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of May 28,
                1992 and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of July 16, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to the
                Company's current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 1998).                                          N/A

10      Material Contracts:

        10.1    1985 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company's 1984
                Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                         N/A

        10.2    1984 FutureNet Employee Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the
                Company's 1984 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).                                          N/A

        10.3    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1992, by and among Data I/O Corporation,
                CAD/CAM Group, Inc., and certain of its shareholders, and an Amendment thereto, dated January
                19, 1993 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's 1992 Annual Report on
                Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                          N/A

        10.4    Software Development Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1993, by and among Data I/O
                Corporation, Michael J. Mendelsohn and Peter C. Niday (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                10.22 of the Company's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).                             N/A

        10.5    Amended and Restated 1983 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan dated February 3, 1993 (Incorporated
                by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Company's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No.
                0-10394)).                                                                                              N/A
</TABLE>


                                                   Page 56
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                     <C>
        10.6    Summary of 1994 Management Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                10.25 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. O-10394)).                              N/A

        10.7    Amended and Restated Retirement Plan and Trust Agreement. (Incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company's 1993 Annual Report on Form 10K
                (File No. O-10394)).                                                                                    N/A

        10.8    Form of Change in Control Agreements (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the
                Company's 1994 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                           N/A

        10.9    First Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's 1994 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                      N/A

        10.10   Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan dated January 1, 1996
                (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K
                (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                                    N/A

        10.11   Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Plan dated January 1, 1996 (Incorporated by reference
                to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                   N/A

        10.12   Second Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.26 of the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                      N/A

        10.13   Data I/O Corporation 1996 Director Fee Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the
                Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                           N/A

        10.14   Synario Division Proceeds Sharing Plan (Confidential treatment has been requested for certain
                portions of this exhibit) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company's 1995
                Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                          N/A

        10.15   Letter Agreement with William J. Haydamack (Confidential treatment has been requested for
                certain portions of this exhibit) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company's
                1995 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                     N/A

        10.16   Data I/O Corporation 1982 Employee Stock Purchase Plan Amended and Restated December 11, 1996
                (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Registration Statement of Form S-8
                (File No. 333-20657, filed January 29, 1997)).                                                          N/A

        10.17   Business Loan Agreement dated April 24, 1996, with Seattle First National Bank for $8.0
                million (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on
                Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                           N/A

        10.18   OEM Agreement between Synopsys, Inc. and Synario Design Automation a Division of Data I/O
                Corporation. (Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an application for an
                order granting confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been separately filed with
                the Commission) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Company's 1996 Annual
                Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                                                                 N/A
</TABLE>


                                                   Page 57
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                     <C>
        10.19   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 9, 1996 (Relating to the sale of Data I/O
                Corporation's headquarters property in Redmond, Washington consisting of approximately 79
                acres of land and an approximately 96,000 square foot building. (Portions of this exhibit have
                been omitted pursuant to an application for an order granting confidential treatment. The
                omitted portions have been separately filed with the Commission) (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.32 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                      N/A

        10.20   Letter dated as of December 20, 1996, First Amendment and extension of the Closing Date under
                that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 9, 1996. (Portions of this exhibit
                have been omitted pursuant to an application for an order granting confidential treatment. The
                omitted portions have been separately filed with the Commission) (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.33 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                      N/A

        10.21   Letter dated as of February 17, 1997, Second Amendment and extension of the Closing Date under
                that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 9, 1996. (Portions of this exhibit
                have been omitted pursuant to an application for an order granting confidential treatment. The
                omitted portions have been separately filed with the Commission) (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.34 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                      N/A

        10.22   Third Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10.35 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).                      N/A

        10.23   Asset Purchase Agreement, by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation,
                Reel-Tech Inc., a Washington corporation, and General Scanning Inc., a Massachusetts
                corporation, dated November 28, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the
                Company's Form 8-K Report dated November 28, 1997).                                                     N/A

        10.24   Master Agreement, by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation, Minc,
                Incorporated, a Colorado corporation, and Minc Washington Corp., a Colorado corporation, dated
                November 12, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's Form 8-K Report
                dated November 12, 1997).                                                                               N/A

        10.25   Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan dated January 1, 1997.                       71

        10.26   Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Plan dated January 1, 1997.                                       75

        10.27   Fourth Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan.                                           78

        10.28   Fifth Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan.                                            79

        10.29   Sixth Amendment to the Data I/O Tax Deferred Retirement Plan.                                            80
</TABLE>


                                                   Page 58
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                     <C>
        10.30   Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan dated May 13, 1997.                                          81

        10.31   Amendment, dated May 13, 1997, to the business loan agreement dated April 24, 1996, with
                Seattle First National Bank.                                                                             89

        10.32   Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 1996 Director Fee Plan.                                        91

        10.33   Agreement and General Release with William J. Haydamack.                                                 96

        10.34   Separation Agreement with William C. Erxleben.                                                           98

        10.35   Consulting Agreement with William C. Erxleben.                                                          103

        10.36   First Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995, among Reel-Tech,
                Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall, and Reel-Tech, Inc., a
                Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data I/O Corporation.                              107

        10.37   Second Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995, among Reel-Tech,
                Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall, and Reel-Tech, Inc., a
                Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data I/O Corporation.                              115

        10.38   Third Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995, among Reel-Tech,
                Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall, and Reel-Tech, Inc., a
                Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data I/O Corporation.                              119

        10.39   Fourth Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995, among Reel-Tech,
                Inc., an Indiana corporation, Norris R. Hall, Douglas R. Hall, and Reel-Tech, Inc., a
                Washington corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data I/O Corporation.                              127
</TABLE>


                                                   Page 59
<PAGE>


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                              As of March 12, 1998

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     Offices

     (1) Registered Office and Registered Agent: The registered office of the
corporation shall be located in the State of Washington at such place as may be
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors upon filing of such notices as
may be required by law, and the registered agent shall have a business office
identical with such registered office.

     (2) Other Offices: The corporation may have other offices within or outside
the State of Washington at such place or places as the Board of Directors may
from time to time determine.

                                   ARTICLE II

                             Shareholders' Meetings

     (1) Meeting Place: All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the
registered office of the corporation, or at such other place as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the place at which
any such meeting shall be held shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

     (2) Annual Meeting Time: The annual meeting of the shareholders for the
election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting, shall be held each year during the month of
May on such date and at such time as may be determined each year by the Board of
Directors.

     (3) Special Meetings: Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose
may be called at any time by the President, Board of Directors, or the holders
of not less than one-tenth of all shares entitled to vote at the meeting in
accordance with RCW 23B.07.020.

     (4) Notice:

          (a) Notice of the time and place of the annual meeting of shareholders
     shall be given by delivering personally or by mailing a written or printed
     notice of the same, at least ten days, and not more than sixty days, prior
     to the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such
     meeting.

          (b) At least ten days and not more than sixty days prior to the
     meeting, written or printed notice of each special meeting of shareholders,
     stating the place, day and hour of such meeting, and the purpose or
     purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered personally, or
     mailed to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

          (c) Notice of a shareholders' meeting at which the shareholders will
     be called to act on an amendment to the articles of incorporation, a plan
     of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale of assets other than in the
     regular course of business or the dissolution of the Corporation shall be
     given not fewer than twenty days and not more than sixty days before the
     meeting date.

     (5) Voting Record: At least ten days and not more than seventy days before
each meeting of shareholders, a complete record of the shareholders entitled to
vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, shall be made, arranged in
alphabetical order, with the address of and number of shares held by each, which
record shall be kept on file at the registered office of the corporation for a
period of ten days prior to such meeting. The record shall be kept on file at
the registered office of the Corporation for a period beginning ten days prior
to such meeting and shall be kept open at the time and place of such meeting for
the inspection of any shareholder, or any shareholder's agent or attorney.


                                    Page 60
<PAGE>


     (6) Quorum: Except as otherwise required by law:

          (a) A quorum at any annual or special meeting of shareholders shall
     consist of shareholders representing, either in person or by proxy, a
     majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by each voting
     group.

          (b) The votes of a majority in interest of those present at any
     properly called meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders at which a
     quorum as in this paragraph defined is present shall be sufficient to
     transact business.

     (7) Voting of Shares:

          (a) Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or to the extent that
     voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied
     by the Articles of Incorporation, each shareholder, on each matter
     submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, shall have one vote for
     each share of stock registered in his name in the books of the corporation.

          (b) If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the election of
     directors, is approved by a voting group if the votes cast within the
     voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting
     group opposing the action, unless the question is one which by express
     provision of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws a
     greater number of affirmative votes is required.

          (c) Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, in any
     election of directors the candidates elected are those receiving the
     largest numbers of votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the
     election, up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares.

     (8) Closing of Transfer Books and Fixing Record Date: For the purpose of
determining shareholders notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the
Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for
a stated period not to exceed seventy days nor be less than ten days preceding
such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of
Directors may fix in advance a record date for any such determination of
shareholders, such date to be not more than fifty days and, in case of a meeting
of shareholders, not less than ten days prior to the date on which the
particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.

     (9) Proxies: A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed
in writing by the shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact or agent.
An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the person authorized to
tabulate votes for the Corporation. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months
from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

     (10) Action by Shareholders without a Meeting: Any action required or which
may be taken at a meeting of shareholders of the corporation may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the
subject matter thereof, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the
minutes or filing with the Corporation's records. Such consent shall have the
same force and effect as a unanimous vote of shareholders. Action taken in
accordance with this section shall be effective when all written consents are in
the possession of the Corporation unless the consent specifies a later effective
date.

     (11) Waiver of Notice: A waiver of any notice required to be given any
shareholder, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether
before or after the time stated therein for the meeting shall be equivalent to
the giving of such notice provided that such waiver has been delivered to the
Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Corporation's
records. A shareholder's attendance at a meeting waives any notice required,
unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the
meeting or transacting business at the meeting.

     (12) Action of Shareholders by Communications Equipment: Shareholders may
participate in a meeting of shareholders by means of a conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation by such
means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.


                                    Page 61
<PAGE>


     (13) Notice of Shareholder Nominees: Nominations of persons for election to
the Board of Directors shall be made only at a meeting of shareholders and only
(i) by the Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors
or (ii) by any shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors at the
meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 13.
Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation (i)
with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of shareholders,
ninety days prior to the date one year from the date of the immediately
preceding annual meeting of shareholders, and (ii) with respect to an election
to be held at a special meeting of shareholders for the election of directors,
the close of business on the tenth day following the date on which notice of
such meeting is first given to shareholders. For purposes of this Section 14,
any adjournment(s) or postponement(s) of the original meeting whereby the
meeting will reconvene within thirty days from the original date shall be deemed
for purposes of notice to be a continuation of the original meeting, and no
nominations by a shareholder of persons to be elected directors of the
corporation may be made at any such reconvened meeting unless pursuant to a
notice which was timely for the meeting on the date originally scheduled. Each
such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the shareholder who
intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (b)
a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the
corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or
by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the
notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the
shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person
or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by
the shareholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by
such shareholder as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of
proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (e) the consent
of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 13 shall be
interpreted or construed to require the inclusion of information about any such
nominee in any proxy statement distributed by, at the direction of, or on behalf
of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts
warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in
accordance with the foregoing procedures, and if he should so determine, he
shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be
disregarded.

     (14) Shareholder Proposals at Annual Meeting: Business may be properly
brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder only upon the shareholder's
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be
timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than ninety days
prior to the date one year from the date of the immediately preceding annual
meeting of shareholders. For purposes of this Section 14, any adjournment(s) or
postponement(s) of the original meeting whereby the meeting will reconvene
within thirty days from the original date shall be deemed for purposes of notice
to be a continuation of the original meeting, and no business may be brought
before any reconvened meeting unless pursuant to a notice which was timely for
the meeting on the date as originally scheduled. Each such notice shall set
forth: (a) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the
proposal; (b) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of
stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear
in person or by proxy at the meeting to vote for the proposal; (c) any material
interest of such shareholder in such proposal; and (d) such other information
regarding such proposal as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of
proxies pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 14 shall be
interpreted or construed to require the inclusion of information about any such
proposal in any proxy statement distributed by, at the discretion of, or on
behalf of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a proposal was not made
in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and if he should so determine, he
shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business not properly brought
before the meeting shall be disregarded.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                      Stock

     (1) Issuance of Shares: No shares of the Corporation shall be issued unless
authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization shall include the
number of shares to be issued, the consideration to be received and a statement
regarding the adequacy of the consideration.


                                    Page 62
<PAGE>


     (2) Certificates: Certificates of stock shall be issued in numerical order,
and each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the President,
or a Vice President, and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and may be
sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures
of such officers may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on
behalf of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the
corporation itself or an employee of the corporation. If an officer who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate ceases
to be an officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
corporation with the same effect as if the person were an officer on the date of
issue.

     At a minimum each certificate of stock shall state:

          (a) the name of the Corporation;

          (b) that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of
     Washington;

          (c) the name of the person to whom the certificate is issued;

          (d) the number and class of shares and the designation of the series,
     if any, the certificate represents; and

          (e) if the Corporation is authorized to issue different classes of
     shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative
     rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class and the
     variations in rights, preferences and limitations determined for each
     series, and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations
     for future series, must be summarized either on the front or back of the
     certificate. Alternatively, the certificate may state conspicuously on its
     front or back that the Corporation will furnish the shareholder this
     information without charge on request in writing.

     (3) Transfers:

          (a) Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the stock transfer
     books of the corporation, kept at the registered office of the corporation
     or at its principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer
     agent or registrar, and before a new certificate is issued the old
     certificate shall be surrendered for cancellation. The Board of Directors
     may, by resolution, open a share register in any state of the United
     States, and may employ an agent or agents to keep such register, and to
     record transfers of shares therein.

          (b) Shares of certificated stock shall be transferred by delivery of
     the certificates therefor, accompanied either by an assignment in writing
     on the back of the certificate or an assignment separate from certificate,
     or by a written power of attorney to sell, assign and transfer the same,
     signed by the holder of said certificate. No shares of certificated stock
     shall be transferred on the records of the Corporation until the
     outstanding certificates therefor have been surrendered to the Corporation
     or to its transfer agent or registrar.

     (4) Registered Owner: Registered shareholders shall be treated by the
corporation as the holders in fact of the stock standing in their respective
names and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other
claim to or interest in any share on the part of any other person, whether or
not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided
below or by the laws of the State of Washington. The Board of Directors may
adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may
certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares
registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a
specified person or persons. The resolution shall set forth:

          (a) The classification of shareholder who may certify;

          (b) The purpose or purposes for which the certification may be made;

          (c) The form of certification and information to be contained therein;


                                    Page 63
<PAGE>


          (d) If the certification is with respect to a record date or closing
     of the stock transfer books, the date within which the certification must
     be received by the corporation; and

          (e) Such other provisions with respect to the procedure as are deemed
     necessary or desirable.

         Upon receipt by the corporation of a  certification  complying with the
procedure,  the persons specified in the certification  shall be deemed, for the
purpose or purposes set forth in the certification,  to be the holders of record
of the  number  of  shares  specified  in place of the  shareholder  making  the
certification.

     (5) Mutilated, Lost or Destroyed Certificates: In case of any mutilation,
loss or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its
place on proof of such mutilation, loss or destruction. The Board of Directors
may impose conditions on such issuance and may require the giving of a
satisfactory bond or indemnity to the corporation in such sum as they might
determine or establish such other procedures as they deem necessary.

     (6) Fractional Shares or Scrip: The corporation, by resolution of the Board
of Directors, may either: (a) issue fractions of a share which shall entitle the
holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to
participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation;
(b) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled
thereto; (c) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time
when those entitled to receive such shares are determined; or (d) issue scrip in
registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a
certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip aggregating a full
share.

     (7) Shares of Another Corporation: Shares owned by the corporation in
another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or
proxy as the Board of Directors may determine or, in the absence of such
determination, by the President of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                               Board of Directors

     (1) Number and Powers: The management of all the affairs, property and
interest of the corporation shall be vested in a Board of Directors consisting
of four (4) persons, who shall be elected for a term of one year, and shall hold
office until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors need not be
shareholders or residents of the State of Washington. In addition to the powers
and authorities by these Bylaws and the Articles of Incorporation expressly
conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the
corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not prohibited by
statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws or as directed or
required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

     (2) Change of Number: The number of directors may at any time be increased
or decreased by amendment of these Bylaws, but no decrease shall have the effect
of shortening the term of any incumbent directors, except as provided in
Sections 5 and 6 of this Article IV.

     (3) Vacancies: All vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether caused by
resignation, death or otherwise, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of
Directors. A director elected to fill any vacancy shall hold office for the
unexpired term of his or her predecessor and until his or her successor is
elected and qualified. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in
the number of directors may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of
office continuing only until the next election of directors by the shareholders
and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

     (4) Resignation: A director may resign at any time by delivering written
notice to the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. A resignation
is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later
effective date.

     (5) Removal of Directors: At a special meeting of shareholders called
expressly for that purpose, the entire Board of Directors, or any member
thereof, may be removed by a vote of the holders of a majority of shares then
entitled to vote at an election of such directors. A director or directors may
be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove the


                                    Page 64
<PAGE>


director exceeds the number of votes cast not to remove the director. The notice
of such special meeting must state that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of
the meeting is removal of the director or directors, as the case may be.

     (6) Regular Meetings: Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any
committee may be held without notice at the registered office of the corporation
or at such other place or places, either within or without the State of
Washington, as the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, may
from time to time designate. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall
be held without notice immediately after the adjournment of the annual meeting
of shareholders.

     (7) Special Meetings:

          (a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any
     time by the President or by any two directors, to be held at the registered
     office of the corporation or at such other place or places as the Board of
     Directors or the person or persons calling such meeting may from time to
     time designate. Notice of all special meetings of the Board of Directors
     shall be given to each director by three day's service of the same by
     telegram, by letter, or personally. Such notice need not specify the
     business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, the meeting.

          (b) Special meetings of any committee may be called at any time by
     such person or persons and with such notice as shall be specified for such
     committee by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such
     specification, in the manner and with the notice required for special
     meetings of the Board of Directors.

     (8) Quorum: A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall be necessary
at all meetings to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a
quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of
directors present is the act of the Board of Directors.

     (9) Waiver of Notice: Attendance of a director at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends
for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not thereafter vote for
or assent to action taken at the meeting. A waiver of notice signed by the
director or directors and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the
minutes or filing with the corporate records, whether before or after the time
stated for the meeting, shall be equivalent to the giving of notice.

     (10) Registering Dissent: A director who is present at a meeting of the
Board of Directors at which action on a corporate matter is taken shall be
presumed to have assented to such action unless his dissent shall be entered in
the minutes of the meeting, or unless he shall file his written dissent to such
action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting, before the
adjournment thereof, or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the
Secretary of the corporation within a reasonable time after the adjournment of
the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in
favor of such action.

     (11) Executive and Other Committees: The Board of Directors, by resolution
adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors, may designate from among
its members an Executive Committee and one or more other standing or special
committees. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the
authority of the Board of Directors, and other standing or special committees
may be invested with such powers, subject to such conditions, as the Board of
Directors shall see fit; provided that, notwithstanding the above, no committee
of the Board of Directors shall have the authority to: (1) Declare dividends or
distributions, except at a rate or in periodic amount determined by the Board of
Directors; (2) approve or recommend to shareholders actions or proposals
required by law to be approved by shareholders; (3) fill vacancies on the Board
of Directors or any committee thereof; (4) adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws;
(5) authorize or approve the reacquisition of shares unless pursuant to general
formula or method specified by the Board of Directors; (6) fix compensation of
any director for serving on the Board of Directors or on any committee thereof;
(7) approve a plan of merger, consolidation, or exchange of shares not requiring
shareholder approval; (8) reduce earned or capital surplus; or (9) appoint other
committees of the Board of Directors or the members thereof. All committees so
appointed shall keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to
be recorded in books kept for that purpose in the office of the corporation. The
designation of any such committee and the delegation of authority thereto shall
not relieve the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility
imposed by law.


                                    Page 65
<PAGE>


     (12) Remuneration: No stated salary shall be paid directors, as such, for
their service, but by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and
expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or
special meeting of such Board; provided, that nothing herein contained shall be
construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of standing or special
committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

     (13) Loans: No loans shall be made by the corporation to the directors,
unless first approved by the holders of two-thirds of the voting shares. No
loans shall be made by the corporation secured by its own shares.

     (14) Action by Directors Without a Meeting: Any action required or which
may be taken at a meeting of the directors, or of a committee thereof, may be
taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken or to be taken, shall be signed by all of the directors, or all of the
members of the committee, as the case may be, either before or after the action
taken, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing
with the Corporation's records. Such consent shall have the same effect as a
unanimous vote.

     (15) Action of Directors by Communications Equipment: Any action required
or which may be taken at a meeting of directors, or of a committee thereof, may
be taken by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other
at the same time.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Officers

     (1) Designations: The officers of the corporation shall be a Chairman of
the Board of Directors, a President, one or more Vice-Presidents (one or more of
whom may be Executive Vice-Presidents), a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such
Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as the Board may designate, who
shall be elected for one year by the directors at their first meeting after the
annual meeting of shareholders, and who shall hold office until their successors
are elected and qualified. Any two or more offices may be held by the same
person, except the offices of President and Secretary.

     (2) The Chairman of the Board of Directors: The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and directors, and shall
perform all such other duties as are incident to his office or are properly
required of him by the Board of Directors.

     (3) The President: The President shall have general supervision of the
affairs of the corporation, and shall perform all such other duties as are
incident to his office or are properly required of him by the Board of
Directors.

     (4) Vice-Presidents: During the absence or disability of the President, the
Executive Vice-Presidents, if any, and the Vice-Presidents in the order
designated by the Board of Directors, shall exercise all the functions of the
President. Each Vice-President shall have such powers and discharge such duties
as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     (5) Secretary and Assistant Secretaries: The Secretary shall issue notices
for all meetings, except for notices for special meetings of the shareholders
and special meetings of the directors which are called by the requisite number
of shareholders or directors, shall keep minutes of all meetings, shall have
charge of the seal and the corporate books, and shall make such reports and
perform such other duties as are incident to his office, or are properly
required of him by the Board of Directors. The Assistant Secretary, or Assistant
Secretaries in the order designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all
of the duties of the Secretary during the absence or disability of the
Secretary, and at other times may perform such duties as are directed by the
President or the Board of Directors.

     (6) The Treasurer: The Treasurer shall have the custody of all moneys and
securities of the corporation and shall keep regular books of account. He shall
disburse the funds of the corporation in payment of the just demands against the
corporation or as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper
vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors from
time to time as may be required of him an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. He shall perform
such other duties incident to his office or that are properly required of him by
the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurer, or Assistant Treasurers in the
order designated by the


                                    Page 66
<PAGE>


Board of Directors, shall perform all of the duties of the Treasurer in the
absence or disability of the Treasurer, and at other times may perform such
other duties as are directed by the President or the Board of Directors.

     (7) Delegation: In the case of absence or inability to act of any officer
of the corporation and of any person herein authorized to act in his place, the
Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of such
officer to any other officer or any director or other person whom it may in its
sole discretion select.

     (8) Vacancies: Vacancies in any office arising from any cause may be filled
by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

     (9) Other Officers: Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as
it shall deem necessary or expedient, who shall hold their offices for such
terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     (10) Resignation: An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to
the Corporation. Such notice shall be effective when delivered unless the notice
specifies a later effective date. Any such resignation shall not affect the
Corporation's contract rights, if any, with the officer.

     (11) Loans: No loans shall be made by the corporation to any officer,
unless first approved by the holders of two-thirds of the voting shares.

     (12) Term - Removal: The officers of the corporation shall hold office
until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer or agent elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without
cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors,
but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of
the person so removed.

     (13) Salaries and Contract Rights: The salaries, if any, of the officers
shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The appointment of
an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

     (14) Bonds: The Board of Directors may, by resolution, require any and all
of the officers to give bonds to the corporation, with sufficient surety or
sureties, conditioned for the faithful performance of the duties of their
respective offices, and to comply with such other conditions as may from time to
time be required by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

     (1) Distributions: The Board of Directors may authorize and the corporation
may make distributions to its shareholders; provided that no distribution may be
made if, after giving it effect, either:

          (a) The Corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become
     due in the usual course of business; or

          (b) The Corporation's total assets would be less than the sum of its
     total liabilities plus the amount which would be needed, if the Corporation
     were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the
     preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential
     rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

     The Board of Directors may authorize distributions to holders of record at
the close of business on any business day prior to the date on which the
distribution is made. If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for
determining shareholders entitled to a distribution, the record date shall be
the date on which the Board of Directors authorizes the distribution.

     (2) Measure of Effect of a Distribution: For purposes of determining
whether a distribution may be authorized by the Board of Directors and paid by
the Corporation under Article VI, Section 1 of these Bylaws, the effect of the
distribution is measured:


                                    Page 67
<PAGE>


          (a) In the case of a distribution of indebtedness, the terms of which
     provide that payment of principal and interest are made only if and to the
     extent that payment of a distribution to shareholders could then be made
     under this section, each payment of principal or interest is treated as a
     distribution, the effect of which is measured on the date the payment is
     actually made; or

          (b) In the case of any other distribution:

               (i) if the distribution is by purchase, redemption, or other
          acquisition of the Corporation's shares, the effect of the
          distribution is measured as of the earlier of the date any money or
          other property is transferred or debt incurred by the Corporation, or
          the date the shareholder ceases to be a shareholder with respect to
          the acquired shares;

               (ii) if the distribution is of an indebtedness other than
          described in subsection 2(a) and (b)(i) of this section, the effect of
          the distribution is measured as of the date the indebtedness is
          distributed; and

               (iii) in all other cases, the effect of the distribution is
          measured as of the date the distribution is authorized if payment
          occurs within 120 days after the date of authorization, or the date
          the payment is made if it occurs more than 120 days after the date of
          authorization.

     (3) Depositories: The moneys of the corporation shall be deposited in the
name of the corporation in such bank or banks or trust company or trust
companies as the Board of Directors shall designate, and shall be drawn out only
by check or other order for payment of money signed by such persons and in such
manner as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     Notices

     Except as may otherwise be required by law, any notice to any shareholder
or director must be in writing and may be transmitted by: mail, private carrier
or personal delivery; telegraph or teletype; or telephone, wire or wireless
equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice. Written notice by the
Corporation to its shareholders shall be deemed effective when mailed, if mailed
with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed to the shareholder's
address shown in the Corporation's current record of shareholders. Except as set
forth in the previous sentence, written notice shall be deemed effective at the
earliest of the following: (i) when received; (ii) five days after its deposit
in the United States mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if mailed with
first-class postage, prepaid and correctly addressed; or (iii) on the date shown
on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, and receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                      Seal

     The corporate seal of the corporation shall be in such form and bear such
inscription as may be adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors, or by
usage of the officers on behalf of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 Indemnification

     (1) Right to Indemnification: Each person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation,
as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he
or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, being or having
been such a director or officer, he or she is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation
or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service
with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is
alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent
or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or
agent, shall be


                                    Page 68
<PAGE>


indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the full extent permitted by
applicable law as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss
(including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and
administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 2 of this
Article with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to
indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by
such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the
Board of Directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in
this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by
the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in
advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such
expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only
upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such
director of officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be
determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under
this Section or otherwise.

     (2) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit: If a claim under Section 1 of this
Article is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty days after a written
claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for
expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition,
in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the claimant may at
any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid
amount of the claim and, to the extent successful in whole or in part, the
claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such
claim. The claimant shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under
this Article upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to
enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of
its final disposition, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the
corporation) and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to
overcome the presumption that the claimant is not so entitled. Neither the
failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal
counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the
commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or
advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstances nor an
actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel or its shareholders) that the claimant is not entitled
to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses shall be a
defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so
entitled.

     (3) Nonexclusivity of Rights: The right to indemnification and the payment
of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final
disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right
which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of
the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise.

     (4) Insurance, Contracts and Funding: The corporation may maintain
insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee
or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not
the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such
expense, liability or loss under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The
corporation may, without further shareholder action, enter into contracts with
any director or officer of the corporation in furtherance of the provisions of
this Article and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other
means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment
of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in
this Article.

     (5) Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation: The
corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors from time to time, provide
indemnification and pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of a
proceeding to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and
effect as the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and
advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the corporation or pursuant
to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business
Corporation Act or otherwise.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                Books and Records

     The corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of
account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board
of Directors; and shall keep at its registered office or principal place of
business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its
shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders in


                                    Page 69
<PAGE>


alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of the shares
held by each. Any books, records, and minutes may be in written form or any
other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable
time.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   Amendments

     (1) By Shareholders: These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting stock issued and outstanding at
any regular or special meeting of the shareholders.

     (2) By Directors: The Board of Directors shall have power to make, alter,
amend and repeal the Bylaws of this corporation. However any such Bylaws, or any
alteration, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws, may be changed or repealed by the
holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote at any shareholders'
meeting.

     (3) Emergency Bylaws: The Board of Directors may adopt emergency Bylaws,
subject to repeal or change by action of the shareholders, which shall be
operative during any emergency in the conduct of the business of the corporation
resulting from an attack on the United States or any nuclear or atomic disaster.

     Most recently amended by resolution of the corporation's Board of Directors
on March 12, 1998.



                                        /s/JOEL S. HATLEN
                                        --------------------------
                                        Joel S. Hatlen, Secretary


                                    Page 70
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                     MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

                      Amended and Restated January 1, 1997

ARTICLE I

Purpose and Effective Date

This Management Incentive  Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is intended to promote
the  interests  of Data  I/O  Corporation  by  stimulating  the  efforts  of key
management staff through the opportunity to share in the success of the Company.
This amended and restated Plan is effective January 1, 1997.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

2.1     "Administrator" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

2.2     "Annual  Base  Pay"  shall  mean  with  respect  to  a  Participant  the
        Participant's  base pay earnings  during the Plan Year including pay for
        paid time off (PTO), holidays, and long term sick time off and excluding
        pay for overtime, bonuses, relocation, and other similar additional pay.

2.3     "Board"  shall mean the Board of  Directors of Data I/O  Corporation,  a
        Washington corporation.

2.4     "Company" shall mean Data I/O Corporation and all of its subsidiaries.

2.5     "Compensation  Committee" shall mean the  Compensation  Committee of the
        Board.

2.6     "Earnings Per Share" shall mean pre-tax  income per the audited year end
        financial statements, less any gains and losses on sales or disposals of
        assets  not  occurring  in the  normal  course  of  business,  less  any
        investment banker fees, less taxes, at a pre-determined rate, divided by
        a pre-determined annual weighted average shares outstanding.  Due to the
        exclusion  of gains and  losses on the sale or  disposal  of assets  and
        income taxes and weighted average shares outstanding being calculated at
        a pre-determined  rate, the earnings per share for purposes of this plan
        may not equal those per the audited financial statements.

2.7     "Team  member"  shall mean any person  employed  by the  Employer in any
        capacity.

2.8     "Employer" shall mean the Company.

2.9     "Guideline"  shall  mean the  percentage  of  Annual  Base Pay which the
        Participant  can  receive  in  incentive  compensation  if  the  Company
        achieves   its  Target.   The   Guideline   shall  be  approved  by  the
        Administrator based on the following table:

        Management level                   Guideline %
        ----------------                   -----------
            Officer                         30% - 50%
            Director                        20% - 25%
            Manager                         10% - 20%

2.10    "Participant"  shall  mean any Team  member  who meets  the  eligibility
        requirements set forth in Article III.

2.11    "Plan" shall mean the Management  Incentive  Compensation Plan set forth
        herein.

2.12    "Plan Year" shall mean the period  commencing on January 1 and ending on
        the following December 31.


                                    Page 71
<PAGE>


ARTICLE III

Eligibility

An Team member is eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year if:

(a)     The Team member is not a participant in any other commission,  incentive
        or bonus plan for the Plan Year (being a recipient  of a spot award or a
        service award does not eliminate eligibility); and

(b)     As of the end of the Plan  Year  the  Team  member  is  employed  on the
        payroll of the Company; and

(c)     Is  employed  as a  regular  full time or part  time  team  member  (not
        temporary or contract team member); and

(d)     The Team member is a direct report to an elected  officer of the Company
        or a direct report of a direct report of an Officer of the Company; and

(e)     The Team member has an annual base salary in excess of $60,000.

ARTICLE IV

Target Payout Calculation

4.1     "Target" is stated in terms of Earnings Per Share and is set annually by
        the  Administrator  at a level  which may or may not  correspond  to the
        Company's operating plan for earnings per share for that year.

4.2     Payout at  Target  is equal to  Guideline  percent  of Annual  Base Pay.
        Payouts between  Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum are
        prorated linearly.

4.3     "Threshold" is the minimum performance level at which a payout under the
        Plan will be made. Threshold is set annually by the Administrator and is
        represented  as a percent of the Earnings Per Share Target.  Payout when
        Threshold is met is set annually by the Administrator and is represented
        as a percent of Guideline.

4.4     "Maximum"  is the  performance  level at which the payout under the Plan
        discontinues to increase.  Maximum is set annually by the  Administrator
        and is represented as a percent of the Earnings Per Share Target. Payout
        when  Maximum  is met  is  set  annually  by  the  Administrator  and is
        represented as a percent of Guideline.

ARTICLE V

Payment

5.1     Payouts  shall be paid by the Company as soon as  practicable  after the
        end of the Plan Year.  The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to make
        such payments by March 15 following the end of the Plan Year.

5.2     Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall
        withhold  from all  payments  made under the Plan any  amount  which the
        Company is required to withhold for any applicable  state,  federal,  or
        local taxes.

ARTICLE VI

Administration


                                    Page 72
<PAGE>


6.1     The Plan shall be administered by the  Administrator.  The Administrator
        shall  interpret the Plan and may from time to time make such  decisions
        and adopt such rules and regulations  for amending or  interpreting  the
        Plan as it deems appropriate.

6.2     The  Administrator  shall  have  complete  authority  to  determine,  in
        accordance   with  the   provisions  of  the  Plan,   the  existence  or
        non-existence,  nature and amount of the rights and interest of the Team
        member and his beneficiaries under the Plan. In any action or proceeding
        affecting the Plan, the Administrator shall be the only necessary party,
        and no team member or former  team  member of the  Employer or any other
        person  having or claiming  to have an interest  under the Plan shall be
        entitled to any notice or process.  Any judgment which may be entered in
        any such action or  proceeding  shall be binding and  conclusive  on all
        persons having or claiming to have any interest under the Plan.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

The Company shall defend,  indemnify, and hold all officers and directors of the
Company,  the  Administrator,  and all  members  of the  Compensation  Committee
harmless from and against any and all loss, liability,  damage and/or deficiency
(including,  without limitation,  reasonable attorney's fees) arising out of the
establishment or operation of this Plan.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment and Termination

The  Administrator   shall  have  the  power,  right  and  authority  to  amend,
discontinue,  or terminate the Plan in its sole discretion;  provided no accrued
payouts as of the end of a Plan Year may be reduced on account of any  amendment
or action of the Administrator.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

9.1     Source of Funding.  The rights of a  Participant  to benefits  under the
        Plan shall be solely those of an  unsecured  creditor of the Company and
        all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds
        of the Company.

9.2     This  agreement  shall  not  be  deemed  to  constitute  a  contract  of
        employment  between  any team  member  and the  Company  nor  shall  any
        provision  restrict  the  right of the  Company  to  discharge  any team
        member,  or  restrict  the  right of any team  member to  terminate  his
        employment with the Company.

9.3     A Participant  or beneficiary  shall have no right to transfer,  assign,
        encumber,  hypothecate,  pledge,  put up as  collateral  for a loan,  or
        otherwise dispose of his right to receive payments under the Plan.

9.4     The  provisions  of the Plan shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the
        Company and its successors and assigns.

9.5     All   expenses   and  costs  in   connection   with  the   adoption  and
        administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

9.6     The  provisions  of the  Plan  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
        accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. Invalidation of any
        one or the  provisions of the Plan for any reason shall in no way affect
        the other provisions  hereof, and all such other provisions shall remain
        in full force and effect.


                                    Page 73
<PAGE>


DATA I/O CORPORATION

By /s/Joel S. Hatlen

Its Treasurer

     Date: February 20, 1997


                                    Page 74
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                             PERFORMANCE BONUS PLAN

                       Amended & Restated January 1, 1997

ARTICLE I

Purpose and Effective Date

This Performance Bonus Plan (the "Plan") is intended to promote the interests of
Data I/O  Corporation by stimulating the efforts of its team members through the
opportunity  to share in the success of the  Company.  This amended and restated
Plan is effective January 1, 1997.


ARTICLE II

Definitions

2.1     "Administrator" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

2.2     "Annual  Base  Pay"  shall  mean  with  respect  to  a  Participant  the
        Participant's  base pay earnings  during the Plan Year including pay for
        PTO,  holidays,  and long  term  sick and  excluding  pay for  overtime,
        bonuses, relocation, and other similar additional pay.

2.3     "Board"  shall mean the Board of  Directors of Data I/O  Corporation,  a
        Washington corporation.

2.4     "Company" shall mean Data I/O Corporation and all of its subsidiaries.

2.5     "Compensation  Committee" shall mean the  Compensation  Committee of the
        Board.

2.6     "Earnings Per Share" shall mean pre-tax  income per the audited year end
        financial statements, less any gains and losses on sales or disposals of
        assets not occurring in the normal course of business,  less  investment
        banker  fees,  less  taxes,  at  a  pre-determined  rate,  divided  by a
        pre-determined  annual weighted average shares  outstanding.  Due to the
        exclusion  of gains and losses on sales of assets  and income  taxes and
        weighted average shares outstanding being calculated at a pre-determined
        rate,  the  earnings  per share for  purposes of this plan may not equal
        those per the audited financial statements.

2.7     "Team  member"  shall mean any person  employed  by the  Employer in any
        capacity.

2.8     "Employer" shall mean the Company.

2.9     "Participant"  shall  mean any team  member  who meets  the  eligibility
        requirements set forth in Article III.

2.10    "Plan" shall mean the Performance Bonus Plan set forth herein.

2.11    "Plan Year" shall mean the period  commencing on January 1 and ending on
        the following December 31.

ARTICLE III

Eligibility


                                    Page 75
<PAGE>


A team member is eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year if:

(a)     The team member is not a participant in any other commission,  incentive
        or bonus plan for the Plan Year (being a recipient  of a spot award or a
        service award does not eliminate eligibility); and

(b)     As of the end of the Plan  Year  the  team  member  is  employed  on the
        payroll of the Company: and

(c)     Is  employed  as a  regular  full time or part  time  team  member  (not
        temporary or contract team member).

ARTICLE IV

Target Payout Calculation

4.1     "Target" is stated in terms of Earnings Per Share and is set annually by
        the  Administrator  at a level  which may or may not  correspond  to the
        Company's operating plan for earnings per share for that year.

4.2     Payout at Target is equal to two  percent  of Annual  Base Pay.  Payouts
        between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum are prorated
        linearly.

4.3     "Threshold" is set at 60% of the Earnings Per Share Target.  Payout when
        Threshold is met is set at one percent of Annual Base Pay.

4.4     "Maximum" is set at 200% of the Earnings Per Share  Target.  Payout when
        Maximum is reached is set at four percent of Annual Base Pay.

ARTICLE V

Payment

5.1     Payouts  shall be paid by the Company as soon as  practicable  after the
        end of the Plan Year.  The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to make
        such payments by March 15 following the end of the Plan Year.

5.2     Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall
        withhold  from all  payments  made under the Plan any  amount  which the
        Company is required to withhold for any applicable  state,  federal,  or
        local taxes.

ARTICLE VI

Administration

6.1     The Plan shall be administered by the  Administrator.  The Administrator
        shall  interpret the Plan and may from time to time make such  decisions
        and adopt such rules and regulations  for amending or  interpreting  the
        Plan as it deems appropriate.

6.2     The  Administrator  shall  have  complete  authority  to  determine,  in
        accordance   with  the   provisions  of  the  Plan,   the  existence  or
        non-existence,  nature and amount of the rights and interest of the team
        member and his beneficiaries under the Plan. In any action or proceeding
        affecting the Plan, the Administrator shall be the only necessary party,
        and no team member or former  team  member of the  Employer or any other
        person  having or claiming  to have an interest  under the Plan shall be
        entitled to any notice or process.  Any judgment which may be entered in
        any such action or  proceeding  shall be binding and  conclusive  on all
        persons having or claiming to have any interest under the Plan.


                                    Page 76
<PAGE>


ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

The Company shall defend,  indemnify, and hold all officers and directors of the
Company,  the  Administrator,  and all  members  of the  Compensation  Committee
harmless from and against any and all loss, liability,  damage and/or deficiency
(including,  without limitation,  reasonable attorney's fees) arising out of the
establishment or operation of this Plan.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment and Termination

The  Administrator   shall  have  the  power,  right  and  authority  to  amend,
discontinue,  or terminate the Plan in its sole discretion;  provided no accrued
payouts as of the end of a Plan Year may be reduced on account of any  amendment
or action of the Administrator.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

9.1     Source of Funding.  The rights of a  Participant  to benefits  under the
        Plan shall be solely those of an  unsecured  creditor of the Company and
        all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds
        of the Company.

9.2     This  agreement  shall  not  be  deemed  to  constitute  a  contract  of
        employment  between  any team  member  and the  Company  nor  shall  any
        provision  restrict  the  right of the  Company  to  discharge  any team
        member,  or  restrict  the  right of any team  member to  terminate  his
        employment with the Company.

9.3     A Participant  or beneficiary  shall have no right to transfer,  assign,
        encumber,  hypothecate,  pledge,  put up as  collateral  for a loan,  or
        otherwise dispose of his right to receive payments under the Plan.

9.4     The  provisions  of the Plan shall bind and inure to the  benefit of the
        Company and its successors and assigns.

9.5     All   expenses   and  costs  in   connection   with  the   adoption  and
        administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

9.6     The  provisions  of the  Plan  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
        accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. Invalidation of any
        one or the  provisions of the Plan for any reason shall in no way affect
        the other provisions  hereof, and all such other provisions shall remain
        in full force and effect.


DATA I/O CORPORATION


By:/s/Joel S. Hatlen

Its: Treasurer

     Date: February 20, 1997


                                    Page 77
<PAGE>


                             FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                                    DATA I/O
                          TAX DEFERRAL RETIREMENT PLAN

The DATA I/O Tax  Deferral  Retirement  Plan  ("Plan"),  as amended and restated
effective  January 1, 1993 is amended as follows pursuant to Section 11.1 of the
Plan, effective January 1, 1995.

1.   Section 7.1(b)  Incentive  Account shall be replaced in its entirety by the
     following:

     b)   Incentive Account

          Each participant shall earn a vested,  nonforfeitable  right to his or
          her  Incentive  Account  based  on his  or her  years  of  service  in
          accordance with the following table:

                 Years of Service                   Percent Vested

                 Less than 3                                    0%
                 3 or more                                    100%


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DATA I/O has caused this Fifth Amendment to be duly executed
on this 23 day of April, 1997.


                                        FOR DATA I/O CORPORATION


__________________________              By:/s/ Alan J. Beauchamp
Witness

                                        Its: Secretary


                                    Page 78
<PAGE>


                             FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE
                                    DATA I/O
                          TAX DEFERRAL RETIREMENT PLAN



The DATA I/O Tax  Deferral  Retirement  Plan  ("Plan"),  as amended and restated
effective  January 1, 1993 is amended as follows pursuant to Section 11.1 of the
Plan, effective January 1, 1995.

1.   Section  7.1(b)  Incentive  Account  shall be replaced in its  entirety (to
     correct an error made in the 3rd amendment) by the following:

     b)   Incentive Account

          Each participant shall earn a vested,  nonforfeitable  right to his or
          her  Incentive  Account  based  on his  or her  years  of  service  in
          accordance with the following table:

                 Years of Service                   Percent Vested

                 Less than 3                                    0%
                 3 or more                                    100%

In addition, each Participant shall have a 100% vested,  nonforfeitable right to
his or her Incentive Account upon death,  becoming Disabled or the attainment of
age 591/2, provided he or she is an Employee on such date.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DATA I/O has caused this Fifth Amendment to be duly executed
on this sixth day of November, 1997.


                                        FOR DATA I/O CORPORATION


__________________________              By:/s/Alan J. Beauchamp
Witness
                                        Its: Secretary


                                    Page 79
<PAGE>


                                 Sixth Amendment
                      Data I/O Tax Deferral Retirement Plan

Pursuant to the terms of the Data I/O Tax Deferred  Retirement Plan (hereinafter
referred to as "Plan" or "Plan and Trust") in connection with  amendments,  Data
I/O Corporation  (hereinafter referred to as "Employer") does hereby adopt as of
the below described date the following amendment to the Plan.

                                   WITNESSETH

WHEREAS,  the  Employer  heretofore  established  the Plan and  Trust  effective
February 1, 1984, and last amended and restated effective January 1, 1993;

WHEREAS,  the Employer desires to amend its Plan to provide for clarification of
the  operation of certain Plan  provisions in  connection  with the  divestiture
transactions  of two of the  Plan  Sponsor's  businesses,  Reel-Tech,  Inc.  and
Synario Design Automation Division ("Synario"), as adopted by the Plan Sponsor's
Board of Directors on August 22, 1997;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Employer and the Trustee in accordance with the provisions
of said Plan pertaining to amendments  thereof,  hereby amend the Plan effective
August 22, 1997 as follows:

     Notwithstanding  any  Plan  provision  to  the  contrary  and  specifically
applicable to Plan Sections 4 (Contributions  to the Plan) and 7 (Vesting),  the
following  shall  apply  to the  Employees  of  Reel-Tech  and  Synario  who are
otherwise  Participants  under  the  Plan  as  of  the  effective  date  of  the
divestiture  transaction  described  above  and  who  become  employees  of  the
applicable purchaser:

     1. Each such Participant  described herein shall be eligible to be credited
with  Employer  Matching  Contributions  to the extent of their salary  deferral
amounts  credited  to the Plan and  pursuant  to Section  4.1(b) as if each such
Participant were employed as of the last of the Plan Year.

     Such Employer Matching  Contributions  shall be made in accordance with the
Plan's matching  contribution  formula based on salary deferral  amounts made to
the  Plan  and  compensation  earned  from  the  Plan  Sponsor  through  the day
immediately preceding the effective date of the sale transaction.

     2. The Incentive  Account of each such  Participant  described herein shall
become 100% vested.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this agreement has been executed this 13th day of February
1998.


                                                                       EMPLOYER:

                                                                        Data I/O

                                                              By: Joel S. Hatlen

                                                                Title: Secretary


                                    Page 80
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
                             1986 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                               AS OF MAY 13, 1997

     This Stock Option Plan (the "Plan")  provides for the grant of options (the
"Options")  to acquire  shares of common stock (the "Common  Stock") of Data I/O
Corporation  (the  "Corporation").  Stock  options  granted under this plan that
qualify under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code") are referred to in this Plan as  "Incentive  Stock  Options."  Incentive
Stock  Options and stock  options that do not qualify  under  Section 422 of the
Code  ("Non-Qualified  Options")  granted  under  this Plan are  referred  to as
"Options."

     1.   PURPOSES.

     The  purposes  of this  Plan are to  retain  the  services  of  valued  key
employees of the  Corporation,  to encourage such employees to acquire a greater
proprietary interest in the Corporation,  thereby  strengthening their incentive
to  achieve  the  objectives  of the  shareholders  and to  serve  as an aid and
inducement in the hiring of new key employees.

     2.   ADMINISTRATION.

     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
(the "Board") or by a committee  designated by the Board composed of two or more
members of the Board,  each of whom is a  "Non-Employee  Director"  (as  defined
below),  which committee (the "Committee") may be an executive,  compensation or
other  committee,  including a separate  committee  especially  created for this
purpose.  The term "Non-Employee  Director" shall be defined by reference to the
rules and regulations promulgated under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"). The Board shall consider whether a director
is an "outside director" as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section
162(m) of the Code when  appointing  any such Committee and shall appoint solely
two  or  more  "outside   directors"  if  the  Board  intends  for  compensation
attributable  to Options to be  "qualified  performance-based  compensation"  as
defined in the  regulations  promulgated  under Section  162(m) of the Code. Any
such Committee shall have the powers and authority vested in the Board hereunder
(including  the power and authority to interpret any provision of the Plan or of
any Option).  The members of any such  Committee  shall serve at the pleasure of
the Board. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum,
and all  actions of the  Committee  shall be taken by a majority  of the members
present.  Any action may be taken by a written  instrument  signed by all of the
members of the  Committee and any action so taken shall be fully as effective as
if it had been taken at a meeting. The Board, or any committee thereof appointed
to administer the Plan, is referred to herein as the "Plan Administrator."

     Subject to the  provisions  of the Plan,  and with a view to effecting  its
purpose,  the Plan  Administrator  shall have sole  authority,  in its  absolute
discretion,  to (a) construe and interpret  the Plan;  (b) define the terms used
herein; (c) prescribe,  amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
Plan; (d) determine the individuals to whom Options to purchase shares of Common
Stock shall be granted  under the Plan and  whether  the  Options are  Incentive
Stock Options or Non-Qualified Options; (e) determine the time or times at which
Options shall be granted  under the Plan;  (f) determine the number of shares of
Common Stock  subject to each  Option,  the Option  price,  the duration of each
Option  granted  under the Plan and the times at which each Option  shall become
exercisable;  (g)  determine  all of the other terms and  conditions  of Options
granted  under the  Plan;  and (h) make all other  determinations  necessary  or
advisable  for the  administration  of the Plan and do  everything  necessary or
appropriate  to  administer  the  Plan.  All  decisions,   determinations,   and
interpretations  made by the  Committee  shall be binding and  conclusive on all
participants  in the  Plan  and  on  their  legal  representatives,  heirs,  and
beneficiaries.

     The Board or the Committee may delegate to one or more  executive  officers
of the  Corporation  the authority to grant Options under this Plan to employees
of the  Corporation  who, at the time of grant,  are neither  subject to Section
16(b) of the  Exchange  Act with  respect  to the  Common  Stock nor a " covered
employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code  ("Non-Insiders"),
and in connection  therewith the authority to determine:  (a) whether the Option
in an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified  Stock Option; (b) the number of
shares of Common Stock  subject to such Option;  (c) the duration of the Option;
(d) the vesting  schedule for  determining  the times at which such Option shall
become exercisable;  and (e) all other terms and conditions of such Options. The
exercise price for any Option granted by action of an executive officer


                                    Page 81
<PAGE>


pursuant to such  delegation of authority shall not be less than the fair market
value  per  share of the  Common  Stock on the  Date of Grant as  determined  in
accordance  with  procedures  established  by  the  Plan  Administrator.  Unless
expressly approved in advance by the Board or the Committee,  such delegation of
authority shall not include the authority to accelerate the vesting,  extend the
period for exercise or otherwise  alter the terms of  outstanding  Options.  The
term "Plan  Administrator"  when used in any  provision  of this Plan other than
Sections 2, 5(f), 5(m), 5(n) and 11 shall be deemed to refer to the Board or the
Committee,  as the case may be, and such senior  executive  officer,  insofar as
such  provision  may  be  applied  to   Non-Insiders   and  Options  granted  to
Non-Insiders.

     3.   ELIGIBILITY.

     Options  may be granted to any  individual  who,  at the time the Option is
granted,  is an employee of the  Corporation  or any "related  corporation"  (as
defined below) and may be granted in  substitution  for  outstanding  options of
another corporation in connection with the merger, consolidation, acquisition of
property or stock, or other  reorganization  between such other  corporation and
the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary  thereof.  Options  may also be  granted in
exchange for outstanding Options. No person shall be granted Options to purchase
more than 250,000  shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as set forth in
Section  5(m)  hereof)  in any  calendar  year.  Any person to whom an Option is
granted under this Plan is referred to herein as an "Optionee."

     As used in this Plan, the term "related  corporation,"  when referring to a
subsidiary corporation,  shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation)
in an unbroken chain of  corporations  beginning with the Corporation if, at the
time of the granting of the Option, each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock  possessing  fifty percent (50%) or
more of the total  combined  voting  power of all classes of stock of one of the
other  corporations in such chain. When referring to a parent  corporation,  the
term  "related   corporation"   shall  mean  any  corporation  (other  than  the
Corporation)  in an unbroken chain of  corporations  ending with the Corporation
if, at the time of granting of the Option,  each of the corporations  other than
the Corporation  owns stock  possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock of one of the other  corporations
in such chain.

     4.   STOCK.

     The Plan  Administrator  is  authorized  to grant  Options to  acquire  one
million one hundred  thirty  thousand  (1,130,000)  shares of the authorized but
unissued,  or  reacquired,  Common  Stock.  The number of shares with respect to
which Options may be granted  hereunder is subject to adjustment as set forth in
Section 5(m) hereof.  In the event that any Option granted pursuant to this Plan
expires or is terminated for any reason,  those shares of Common Stock allocable
to the unexercised  portion of such terminated Option may again be subject to an
Option granted to the same or to a different Optionee under this Plan.

     5.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

     Each Option  granted  pursuant to this Plan shall be evidenced by a written
agreement approved by the Plan  Administrator (the "Agreement").  Agreements may
contain such  additional  provisions,  not  inconsistent  herewith,  as the Plan
Administrator  in its  discretion,  may deem  advisable.  All Options shall also
comply with the following requirements:

          (a) Number of Shares.

     Each Agreement shall state the number of shares of Common Stock to which it
pertains and whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a
Non-Qualified Stock Option. In the absence of action to the contrary by the Plan
Administrator  in connection  with the grant of an Option,  all Options shall be
Non-Qualified  Options.  The aggregate fair market value (determined at the Date
of Grant,  as defined below) of the stock with respect to which  Incentive Stock
Options are  exercisable  for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar
year (granted under this Plan and all other  incentive stock option plans of the
Corporation,  a related  corporation  or a  predecessor  corporation)  shall not
exceed $100,000,  or such other limit as may be prescribed by the Code as it may
be amended from time to time.  Any Option  which  exceeds the annual limit shall
not be void, but rather shall be a Non-Qualified Option.


                                    Page 82
<PAGE>


          (b) Date of Grant.

     Each Agreement shall state the date which the Plan Administrator has deemed
to be the  effective  date of the Option for purposes of this Plan (the "Date of
Grant").

          (c) Option Price.

     Each Agreement  shall state the price per share of Common Stock at which it
is exercisable. Common Stock issued under this Plan may be issued for any lawful
consideration as determined by the Plan  Administrator;  provided,  that the per
share exercise  price for any Incentive  Stock Option shall not be less than the
fair  market  value  per  share  of the  Common  Stock  on the  Date of Grant as
determined by the Plan Administrator in good faith and provided,  further,  that
with respect to Incentive Stock Options granted to greater-than-10% shareholders
of the Corporation (as determined with reference to Section 424(d) of the Code),
the  exercise  price  per share  shall not be less than 110% of the fair  market
value per share of the Common Stock at the Date of Grant.

          (d) Duration of Options.

     At the  time of the  grant of the  Option,  the  Plan  Administrator  shall
designate,  subject to paragraph 5(g) below,  the expiration date of the Option,
which  shall not be later  than ten years  from the Date of Grant in the case of
Incentive  Stock Options;  provided,  that the expiration  date of any Incentive
Stock Option granted to a  greater-than-10%  shareholder of the  Corporation (as
determined with reference to Section 424(d) of the Code) shall not be later than
five years from the Date of Grant.  In the absence of action to the  contrary by
the Plan  Administrator in connection with the grant of a particular Option, and
except as otherwise  required by the  preceding  sentence,  all Options  granted
hereunder shall expire six years from the Date of Grant.

          (e) Vesting Schedule.

     In  order  to  ensure  that  the  Corporation  will  receive  the  benefits
contemplated  in exchange for the Options  granted  pursuant  hereto,  no Option
shall be exercisable  until it has vested.  Subject to paragraph 5(f) below, the
vesting  schedule  or  other  events  for  vesting  for  each  Option,  such  as
performance  goals,  shall be specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of
the grant of the Option and shall be set forth or referenced  in the  Agreement.
If no vesting schedule is specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of the
grant of an Option hereunder, the following schedule shall apply:

             Years of Service
             Following Date of                                Percent
                  Grant                                       Vested
             -----------------                                ------

                    1                                           25
                    2                                           50
                    3                                           75
                    4                                          100

          (f) Acceleration of Vesting.

     The vesting of one or more  outstanding  Options may be  accelerated by the
Plan  Administrator  at such times and in such amounts as it shall  determine in
its sole discretion.  The vesting of Options shall also be accelerated under the
circumstances described in Section 5(n) below.

          (g) Term of Option.

     Each Option shall terminate,  to the extent not previously exercised,  upon
the occurrence of the first of the following  events:  (i) the expiration of the
duration of the Option,  as designated by the Plan  Administrator  in accordance
with Section  5(d) above;  (ii) the  expiration  of 90 days from the date of the
Optionee's  termination  of  employment  with  the  Corporation  for any  reason
whatsoever other than death or disability unless, in the case of a Non-Qualified
Option, the


                                    Page 83
<PAGE>


exercise  period is  extended by the Plan  Administrator  until a date not later
than the expiration date of the Option; or (iii) the expiration of one year from
(A) the date of death of the Optionee or (B)  cessation of  employment by reason
of  "disability"  unless,  in the case of a Non-Qualified  Option,  the exercise
period is  extended  by the Plan  Administrator  until a date not later than the
expiration date of the Option. For purposes of the Plan, "disability" shall mean
any physical,  mental or other health condition which substantially  impairs the
employee's  ability to perform her or his assigned duties for 60 days or more in
any 120 day  period  or that  can be  expected  to  result  in  death.  The Plan
Administrator  shall determine  whether an Optionee has incurred a disability on
the basis of medical evidence acceptable to the Plan Administrator.  Upon making
a determination of disability, the Plan Administrator shall, for purposes of the
Plan,  determine the date of an Optionee's  termination of employment.  Unvested
Options shall  terminate  immediately  upon the termination of employment of the
Optionee  by the  Corporation  for any  reason  whatsoever,  including  death or
disability.

          (h) Exercise of Options.

     Options  shall be  exercisable,  either  all or in part,  at any time after
vesting.  If less than all of the shares  included in the vested  portion of any
Option are  purchased,  the  remainder may be purchased at any  subsequent  time
prior to the  expiration  of the Option  term.  No portion of any Option of less
than one hundred (100) shares (as adjusted  pursuant to Section 5(m) hereof) may
be exercised, provided that if the vested portion of any Option is less than one
hundred (100) shares,  it may be exercised  with respect to all Shares for which
it is vested.  Only whole shares may be issued pursuant to an Option, and to the
extent that an Option covers a fraction of a share, it is unexercisable. Options
or  portions   thereof  may  be  exercised  by  giving  written  notice  to  the
Corporation,  which notice shall  specify the number of shares to be  purchased,
and be  accompanied  by payment in the amount of the aggregate  Option  exercise
price for the Common  Stock so  purchased,  which  payment  shall be in the form
specified  in Section  5(i) hereof.  The  Corporation  shall not be obligated to
issue, transfer, or deliver a certificate of Common Stock to any Optionee, or to
his personal representative,  until the aggregate Option price has been paid for
all shares for which the Option shall have been exercised and adequate provision
has  been  made  by  the  Optionee  for  satisfaction  of  any  tax  withholding
obligations  associated with such exercise.  During the lifetime of an Optionee,
Options are exercisable only by the Optionee.

          (i) Payment upon Exercise of Option.

     Upon exercise of any Option the aggregate  Option  exercise  price shall be
paid to the Corporation in cash or by certified or cashier's check. In addition,
an Optionee  may pay for all or any  portion of the  aggregate  Option  exercise
price for any shares of Common Stock  purchased  upon the exercise of any Option
by delivering to the Corporation  shares of Common Stock previously held by such
Optionee  or by  complying  with any  other  payment  mechanism  which  the Plan
Administrator may approve from time to time. The shares of Common Stock received
or withheld by the  Corporation as payment for shares of Common Stock  purchased
upon the  exercise  of  Options  shall have a fair  market  value at the date of
exercise (as determined by the Plan Administrator) equal to the aggregate Option
exercise  price (or portion  thereof) to be paid by exchange or  withholding  of
shares of Common Stock.

          (j) Rights as a Shareholder.

     An  Optionee  shall  have no rights as a  shareholder  with  respect to any
shares covered by the Option until the Optionee  becomes a record holder of such
shares,  irrespective of whether he has given notice of exercise. Subject to the
provisions of Section 5(m) hereof,  no rights shall accrue to an Optionee and no
adjustments  shall be made on account of dividends  (ordinary or  extraordinary,
whether in cash,  securities or other property) or distributions or other rights
declared  on, or created in, the Common Stock for which the record date is prior
to the date the Optionee  becomes a record  holder of the shares of Common Stock
covered by the Option,  irrespective of whether the Optionee has given notice of
exercise.


                                    Page 84
<PAGE>


          (k) Transfer of Option.

     Options  granted  under this Plan and the rights and  privileges  conferred
hereby may not be transferred,  assigned, pledged, or hypothecated in any manner
(whether  by  operation  of law or  otherwise)  other  than  by  will  or by the
applicable  laws of descent and  distribution  or, in the case of  Non-Qualified
Options (but not  Incentive  Stock  Options),  pursuant to a qualified  domestic
relations  order,  and shall not be subject to execution,  attachment or similar
process. Upon any attempt to transfer,  assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise
dispose of any Option  under  this Plan or of any right or  privilege  conferred
hereby,  contrary  to the  provisions  hereof,  or upon  the  sale,  levy or any
attachment or similar process upon the rights and privileges  conferred  hereby,
such Option shall thereupon terminate and become null and void.

          (1) Securities Regulation and Tax Withholding.

               (1) Shares shall not be issued with  respect to an Option  unless
          the  exercise of such  Option and the  issuance  and  delivery of such
          shares pursuant  thereto shall comply with all relevant  provisions of
          law, including,  without  limitation,  any applicable state securities
          laws, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the Securities Exchange
          Act of  1934,  as  amended,  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
          thereunder and the  requirements of any stock exchange upon which such
          shares may then be listed and shall be further subject to the approval
          of  counsel  for the  Corporation  with  respect  to such  compliance,
          including the  availability of an exemption from  registration for the
          issuance and sale of any shares upon exercise of any Option. Inability
          of  the   Corporation  to  obtain  from  any  regulatory  body  having
          jurisdiction  the authority  deemed by the Corporation to be necessary
          for the  lawful  issuance  and sale of any  shares  hereunder,  or the
          unavailability  of an exemption from registration for the issuance and
          sale of any shares  hereunder,  shall relieve the  Corporation  of any
          liability in respect of the  non-issuance or sale of such shares as to
          which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

               As a condition to the exercise of an Option,  the Corporation may
          require the Optionee to  represent  and warrant in writing at the time
          of such  exercise  that  the  shares  are  being  purchased  only  for
          investment  and without any present  intention  to sell or  distribute
          such shares. At the Option of the Corporation,  a stop-transfer  order
          against any shares of stock may be placed on the official  stock books
          and records of the Corporation, and a legend indicating that the stock
          may not be pledged, sold or otherwise transferred unless an opinion of
          counsel is provided  stating that such transfer is not in violation of
          any applicable law or regulation, may be stamped on stock certificates
          in order to assure exemption from registration. The Plan Administrator
          may also require such other  actions or agreements by the Optionees as
          may from  time-to-time  be  necessary to comply with federal and state
          securities  laws.  THE  CORPORATION  SHALL BE UNDER NO  OBLIGATION  TO
          UNDERTAKE REGISTRATION OF THE OPTIONS OR SHARES OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON
          EXERCISE THEREOF.

               (2)  As a  condition  to  the  exercise  of  any  Option  granted
          hereunder,  the  Optionee  shall  make such  arrangements  as the Plan
          Administrator  may require for the satisfaction of any federal,  state
          or local withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with
          such exercise.

               (3) Issue,  transfer or delivery of  certificates of Common Stock
          pursuant to the exercise of Options may be delayed,  at the discretion
          of the Plan  Administrator  until the Plan  Administrator is satisfied
          that the applicable  requirements of the federal and state  securities
          laws and the withholding provisions of the Code have been met.

          (m) Stock Dividend, Reorganization or Liquidation.

     The  aggregate  number and class of shares for which Options may be granted
under this Plan,  the  number  and class of shares  covered by each  outstanding
Option and the exercise  price per share thereof (but not the total price) shall
all be  proportionately  adjusted  for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued shares of Common Stock of the  Corporation  resulting  from a split-up or
consolidation  of shares or any like capital  adjustment,  or the payment of any
stock dividend, and to the extent that such actions shall include an increase or
decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Options,
the number of shares available under Section 4 of this Plan shall  automatically
be increased or decreased, as the case may be, proportionately,  without further
action  on  the  part  of  the  Plan  Administrator,   the  Corporation  or  the
Corporation's shareholders.


                                    Page 85
<PAGE>


     In the event of any  adjustment  in the  number of  shares  covered  by any
Option,   any  fractional   shares  resulting  from  such  adjustment  shall  be
disregarded  and each such  Option  shall  cover only the number of full  shares
resulting from such adjustment.

     The foregoing adjustments in the shares subject to Options shall be made by
the Plan Administrator or by any successor  administrator of the Plan, or by the
applicable terms of any assumption or substitution document, and any adjustments
so made shall be final, binding and conclusive.

     Except as provided in this Section 5(m) or Section 5(n) below,  no Optionee
shall have rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any
class  including  shares of Common  Stock,  or the  payment of any Common  Stock
dividend  on shares of Common  Stock or any other  increase  or  decrease in the
number of shares of Common Stock, or by reason of any liquidation,  dissolution,
corporate combination or division; and any issuance by the Corporation of shares
of any class including  shares of Common Stock, or securities  convertible  into
shares of any class including shares of Common Stock,  shall not affect,  and no
adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price
of shares of Common Stock subject to any Option.

     The  grant of an Option  shall not  affect in any way the right or power of
the  Corporation  to make  adjustments,  reclassifications,  reorganizations  or
changes in its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve
or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

          (n) Change in Control.

          (1) For the purpose of this Section 5(n):  (i) "Person"  shall include
     any  individual,  firm,  corporation,  partnership  or other  entity;  (ii)
     "Affiliate"  and  "Associate"  shall have the meanings  assigned to them in
     Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the "Exchange  Act");
     and (iii) "Beneficial  Owner" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Rule
     16a-1 under the Exchange Act.

          (2) Any and all Options that have been outstanding  under the Plan for
     at least six (6)  months  at the time of  occurrence  of any of the  events
     described in Paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) below (an "Eligible Option") shall
     become  exercisable in full for the periods  indicated  (each such exercise
     period  referred to as an  "Acceleration  Window") in  connection  with the
     following events:

               (A) For a period  of 45 days  beginning  on the day on which  any
          Person,  together with all  Affiliates  and  Associates of such Person
          shall become the Beneficial Owner,  directly or indirectly,  of 25% or
          more of the combined voting power of the then  outstanding  securities
          of the  Company  ordinarily  (and apart  from  rights  accruing  under
          special  circumstances)  having the right to vote in the  election  of
          directors  (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) under the Exchange
          Act in the case of rights to acquire the  Company's  securities),  but
          shall not include the Corporation,  any subsidiary of the Corporation,
          any employee  benefit plan of the  Corporation or of any subsidiary of
          the  Corporation,  or any  Person or entity  organized,  appointed  or
          established  by the  Corporation  for or  pursuant to the terms of any
          such employee benefit plan;

               (B)  Beginning  on the date that a tender or  exchange  offer for
          Common Stock by any Person (other than the Corporation, any subsidiary
          of the Corporation, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of
          any subsidiary of the Corporation,  or any Person or entity organized,
          appointed or  established  by the  Corporation  for or pursuant to the
          terms of any such employee benefit plan) is first published or sent or
          given  within the  meaning of Rule 14d-2  under the  Exchange  Act and
          continuing  so  long  as  such  offer  remains  open   (including  any
          extensions  or  renewals of such  offer),  unless by the terms of such
          offer the offeror, upon consummation thereof,  would be the Beneficial
          Owner of less than 30% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding;
          or

               (C)  Immediately   prior  to  consummation  of  (i)  any  merger,
          consolidation,  reorganization or other transaction  pursuant to which
          the  persons  who  hold  the   outstanding   shares  of  Common  Stock
          immediately  prior to the transaction have  immediately  following the
          transaction less than forty percent (40%) of the combined voting power
          of the outstanding  securities of the surviving entity ordinarily (and
          apart from rights  accruing  under special  circumstances)  having the
          right to vote in the election of directors;  or (ii) any sale,  lease,
          exchange or other transfer not in the ordinary  course of business (in
          one  transaction  or a series  of  related  transactions)  of all,  or
          substantially all, of the assets of the Company (the


                                    Page 86
<PAGE>


          foregoing transactions being referred to as "Approved  Transactions").
          The Company shall  provide to each Optionee  notice of the pendency of
          any  Approved  Transaction  at least  twenty  (20)  days  prior to the
          expected date of consummation  thereof.  Each Optionee shall thereupon
          be entitled  to exercise  his or her Options in full or in part at any
          time  prior to  consummation  of the  Approved  Transaction.  Any such
          exercise as to any portion of his or her Options that will only become
          vested   immediately   prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  Approved
          Transaction in accordance  with this  acceleration  provision shall be
          contingent  on such  consummation.  Any such  exercise as to any other
          portion  of the Option  will not be  contingent  on such  consummation
          unless so elected by the Optionee in a notice delivered to the Company
          simultaneously with the exercise.

          PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Plan Administrator may determine (by the
     affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members thereof, excluding for
     such  purposes  the  votes  of  directors  who  are  directors,   officers,
     Affiliates or Associates of, or have a material  financial interest in, any
     Person (other than the  Corporation)  who is a party to the event specified
     in  Paragraphs  (A),  (B)  or  (C)  above  which  otherwise  would  trigger
     acceleration  of vesting) that  acceleration  shall not occur in connection
     with any one or any combination of the foregoing events.

          (3)  The   exercisability   of  any  Eligible   Option  which  remains
     outstanding  following  expiration  of  an  Acceleration  Window  shall  be
     governed  by  the  vesting  schedule  and  other  terms  of  the  Agreement
     representing such Option.

          (4) If the  shareholders of the Corporation  receive shares of capital
     stock of another Person  ("Exchange  Stock") in exchange for or in place of
     shares  of  Common  Stock  in  any   transaction   involving   any  merger,
     consolidation,  reorganization  or  other  transaction  providing  for  the
     conversion or exchange of all or  substantially  all outstanding  shares of
     Common Stock into Exchange Stock,  then at the closing of such  transaction
     all  Options  granted  hereunder  which have not been  exercised  as of the
     effective date of such exchange transaction shall be converted into options
     to purchase shares of Exchange Stock ("Exchange  Stock Options")  whereupon
     all rights to acquire shares of Common Stock pursuant to Options shall end.
     The  number  of shares of  Exchange  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of an
     Exchange  Stock Option and the exercise  price therefor shall be determined
     by the Plan Administrator by adjusting the number of shares of Common stock
     issuable upon  exercise of the Option  converted  into such Exchange  Stock
     Option, and the exercise price therefor, in the same proportion as used for
     determining  the shares of  Exchange  Stock  received  by holders of Common
     Stock in connection with a transaction  described in this Section  5(n)(3).
     Unless altered by the Plan  Administrator or otherwise  provided above, the
     vesting  schedule set forth in the Option Agreement shall continue to apply
     to the Exchange Stock Options.

     6.   EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM.

     This Plan shall be effective as of December  16, 1986 and  Incentive  Stock
Options may be granted by the Plan  Administrator  from time to time  thereafter
until December 14, 2006; provided,  however,  that termination of the Plan shall
not terminate any Option granted prior thereto.  Non-Qualified Stock Options may
be  granted  hereunder  until this Plan is  terminated  by the Board in its sole
discretion.

     7.   NO OBLIGATIONS TO EXERCISE OPTION.

     The granting of an Option shall impose no obligation  upon the Optionees to
exercise such Option.

     8.   NO RIGHT TO OPTIONS OR EMPLOYMENT.

     Whether or not any Options are to be granted hereunder shall be exclusively
within the discretion of the Committee,  and nothing  contained  herein shall be
construed as giving any Optionee any right to participate hereunder. Granting of
an  Option  hereunder  shall  in no way  constitute  any  form of  agreement  or
understanding  binding  on  the  Corporation,   express  or  implied,  that  the
Corporation will employ or contract with an Optionee for any length of time.

     9.   APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

     The proceeds  received by the  Corporation  from the sale of Common  Stock,
pursuant  to  Options  granted  hereunder,  will be used for  general  corporate
purposes, unless otherwise directed by the Board.


                                    Page 87
<PAGE>


     10.  INDEMNIFICATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

     In addition to all other rights of indemnification they may have as members
of the Board or of any Committee,  the Plan Administrators  shall be indemnified
by the  Corporation  for all reasonable  expenses and liabilities of any type or
nature,  including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any action, suit
or  proceeding  to which  they or any of them are a party by  reason  of,  or in
connection  with,  the Plan or any Option  granted  hereunder,  and  against all
amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved
by independent legal counsel selected by the Corporation),  except to the extent
that such  expenses  relate to matters for which it is  adjudged  that such Plan
Administrator  member is liable for  willful  misconduct;  provided  that within
fifteen (15) days after the institution of any such action,  suit or proceeding,
the  Plan  Administrator   involved  therein  shall,  in  writing,   notify  the
Corporation of such action, suit or proceeding, so that the Corporation may have
the  opportunity  to make  appropriate  arrangements  to prosecute or defend the
same.

     11.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

     The Plan  Administrator  may,  at any time,  modify or amend  this Plan and
Options  granted  hereunder,  except  that  no  amendment  with  respect  to  an
outstanding Option shall be made over the objection of the Optionee thereof; and
provided, further, that any amendment for which shareholder approval is required
by Securities and Exchange  Commission Rule 16b-3, as amended from time to time,
or any successor rule or regulatory  requirements (the "Rule"), in order for the
Plan to be eligible or continue to qualify for the  benefits of the Rule,  shall
be subject to approval of the shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with
the Rule.

     Effective as of December 16, 1986.

     Amended and restated as of May 13, 1997.


                                        DATA I/O CORPORATION


                                        By:  /s/ Alan J. Beauchamp
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Alan J. Beauchamp, Vice President -
                                             Finance


                                    Page 88
<PAGE>


                      AMENDMENT TO BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is made  between  Bank of America  National  Trust and  Savings
Association,  doing  business as Seafirst  Bank,  successor by merger to Bank of
America NW, N.A.  ("Bank") and Data I/O  Corporation,  a Washington  Corporation
("Borrower").  Bank and Borrower are parties to a Business Loan Agreement  dated
May 14, 1996 and wish to make certain  revisions to their loan  arrangements  as
set forth in that  Agreement.  Upon execution  hereof,  that Agreement  shall be
amended as follows effective immediately:

Part A:

     Availability Period:

     Availability period is hereby extended to May 31, 1998.

     Interest Rate:

     The prime rate  referred to under option #1 shall now be referred to as the
reference rate.

     The  applicable  margin  for the  interest  rate  under  option #2 shall be
amended as follows:

<TABLE>
     Tangible Net Worth            Debt/Worth Ratio                    Spread Over LIBOR
     ------------------            ----------------                    -----------------
<S>                                <C>                                 <C>
     Greater than or equal to      Less than or equal to 1.20:1        1.10%
     $19,000,000

     Less than $19,000,000 but     Greater than 1.20:1 but less        1.55%
     greater than the amount       than the ratio required in Part
     required in Part B, Section   B, Section 4.3 of this
     4.3 of this Agreement.        Agreement.
</TABLE>

Part B, Section 4.3 is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

     Maintain  a  tangible  net  worth of at least  $12,000,000  and not  permit
     Borrower's  total  indebtedness  which  is  not  subordinated  in a  manner
     satisfactory to Bank to exceed 1.80 times Borrower's tangible net worth. By
     the end of Borrower's fiscal year ending December 31, 1997,  Borrower shall
     not  permit  total  indebtedness  which  is not  subordinated  in a  manner
     satisfactory  to Bank to exceed 1.60 times  Borrower's  tangible net worth.
     "Tangible   net  worth"  means  the  excess  of  total  assets  over  total
     liabilities, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets (a)
     all  assets  which  should  be  classified  as  intangible  assets  such as
     goodwill, patents, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, and deferred charges
     (including  unamortized  debt discount and research and development  costs)
     but  including  as tangible  assets all of  Borrower's  existing and future
     "investment in product line assets", (b) treasury stock, (c) cash held in a
     sinking  or other  similar  fund for the  purpose  of  redemption  or other
     retirement of capital  stock,  (d) to the extent not already  deducted from
     total  assets,  reserves  for  depreciation,   depletion,  obsolescence  or
     amortization of properties and other reserves or appropriations of retained
     earnings which have been or should be  established  in connection  with the
     business conducted by the relevant corporation,  and (e) any revaluation or
     other  write-up  in book value of assets  subsequent  to the fiscal year of
     such corporation last ended at the date of this Agreement;

Part B, Section 4.15 is hereby added:


                                    Page 89
<PAGE>


     Maintain  liquidity,  defined  as  the  sum of  cash  plus  investments  in
     marketable securities, in an amount at least equal to $3,000,000.

Except as specifically set forth herein,  all provisions of the Agreement remain
in full force and effect.


This  Amendment  to Business  Loan  Agreement is executed by the parties on this
13th day of May, 1997.


SEAFIRST BANK
Western Wholesale Banking Division


By : /s/ Steven E. Melby
     Steven E. Melby
     Vice President



DATA I/O CORPORATION


By:  /s/ Willian C. Erxleben
     William C. Erxleben
     President & Chief Executive Officer



By:  /s/ Alan J. Beauchamp
     Alan J. Beauchamp
     Vice President & Chief Financial Officer


                                    Page 90
<PAGE>


                              DATA I/O CORPORATION

                             1996 DIRECTOR FEE PLAN

     This 1996 Director Fee Plan (the "Plan") provides for the payment of
certain fees to directors of Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation (the
"Company") who are not employees of the Company by delivery of shares of the
Company's common stock (the "Common Stock").

     ELIGIBILITY.

     Persons eligible to receive Common Stock under this Plan shall be all
directors of the Company who are not otherwise employed by the Company or any
Related Corporation, as defined below (each, a "Director", collectively, the
"Directors").

     As used in this Plan, the term "Related Corporation," when referring to a
subsidiary corporation, shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in
an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of
the granting of the Common Stock, each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of one of the
other corporations in such chain. When referring to a parent corporation, the
term "Related Corporation" shall mean any corporation (other than the Company)
in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of
granting of the Common Stock, each of the corporations other than the Company
owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of one of the other corporations in such chain.

     STOCK.

     Subject to approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Company as
described in Section 7 hereof, so long as this Plan is in effect, each person
serving as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be entitled
to receive shares of Common Stock in consideration of his or her service on the
Board, payable annually in arrears. The number of shares of Common Stock payable
hereunder each calendar year shall be determined pursuant to the following
formula, rounded down to the nearest whole number:

                         (A/365) x ($20,000/Share Price)

     A = the number of days of service as a director during the calendar year

     The Share Price shall mean the price per share of Common Stock determined
as provided in this paragraph. If the Common Stock of the Company is publicly
traded on the first trading day of the calendar year, the Share Price shall be
the average of the high and low sale prices per share of Common Stock on such
date or, in case no reported sales take place on such date, the average of the
last reported bid and asked prices, in either case on the principal national
securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading,
or if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on
the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System. If
the Common Stock is not traded in such manner that the quotations referred to
above are available as of such date, the Share Price shall be deemed to be the
greater of (i) the book value per share as set forth on the most recent
quarterly financial statement of the Company available on such date, or (ii) the
fair market value per share at such date as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to shares of
Common Stock payable to a Director for service as a Director during the calendar
year in which such person was first elected to the Board of Directors, the Share
Price shall be determined in the manner described above as of the day on which
such Director is elected to the Board of Directors, or if the Common Stock is
publicly traded and such day is not a trading day, the first trading day
thereafter.

     Certificates for shares deliverable under this Plan shall be earned as of
January 1 of the year following the year of service regardless of whether the
Director remains a Director on such date and shall be delivered to each Director
by not later than February 15 of such following year.

     In the event a Director resigns or is no longer able to serve as a Director
due to death or permanent disability, then such Director shall be paid the
amount of shares due to him or her under this Section 2 by a date not later than
forty-five


                                    Page 91
<PAGE>


(45) days from the earlier of the date their notice of resignation is received
by the Board or the date the Board is made aware of the Director's death or
permanent disability.

     Reservation of Common Stock

     Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 6 hereof, a total of 200,000
shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock are hereby reserved
for grant under this Plan.

     Rights as a Shareholder.

     A Director shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares
to be delivered under this plan until such Director becomes a record holder of
such shares. Subject to the provisions of Sections 6 below, no rights shall
accrue to a Director and no adjustments shall be made on account of dividends
(ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or
distributions or other rights declared on, or created in, the Common Stock for
which the record date is prior to the date the Director becomes a record holder
of the shares of Common Stock.

     Securities Regulation and Tax Withholding.

     No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered hereunder unless the issuance
and delivery of such shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law,
including, without limitation, any applicable state securities laws, the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations thereunder and the requirements of any stock
exchange or consolidated reporting system upon which such shares may then be
listed or quoted. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory
body the authority deemed by the Company to be necessary for the lawful issuance
of any shares under this Plan, or the unavailability of an exemption from
registration for the issuance of any shares under this Plan shall relieve the
Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance of such shares;
provided, however, if the Company refrains from issuing shares hereunder, the
Director shall receive cash in lieu of shares at a rate of $20,000 per year, pro
rated for actual days of service during the year.

     As a condition to participation in this Plan, each Director shall make such
arrangements as the Company may require for the satisfaction of any federal,
state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection
with delivery of shares under this Plan.

     The issuance, transfer or delivery of certificates of Common Stock granted
under this Plan may be delayed, at the option of the Company, until the Company
is satisfied that the applicable requirements of the federal and state
securities laws and the withholding provisions of the Internal Revenue Code have
been met.

     Stock Dividend, Reorganization of Liquidation.

     If the Company should declare with respect to the Common Stock a
stock-split or a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or a reverse-stock
split or other combination of the Common Stock, or a reclassification of the
Common Stock (each, an "Event"), then (1) the class and number of shares yet to
be delivered to any Director subsequent to the record date for the Event, and
(2) the class and number of shares reserved for grant under Section 3 of this
Plan, shall be appropriately adjusted to account for the change in the number
and class of capital stock of the Company outstanding as a result of the Event,
without further action on the part of the Company, its Board of Directors or its
shareholders.

     If the shareholders of the Company receive debt or equity securities of
another Person ("Exchange Securities") or cash in exchange for or in place of
shares of Common Stock in any transaction involving any merger, consolidation,
reorganization or other transaction providing for the conversion or exchange of
all or substantially all outstanding shares of Common Stock into Exchange
Securities or cash, then payment to Directors of the retainer fee provided for
by this Plan, pro rated through the date of closing of such transaction, shall
be accelerated to such closing date and shall be paid in the form of Exchange
Securities or cash, as the case may be. In such case, the amount of Exchange
Securities or cash to be delivered in lieu of Common Stock shall be determined
by adjusting the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable
hereunder in the same proportion as used for determining the shares of


                                    Page 92
<PAGE>


Exchange Securities or cash the holders of the Common Stock received in such
merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if payment in the form of Exchange Securities would cause a Director
to have engaged in a violation of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (taking into consideration any other transactions in the securities of the
Company or Exchange Securities by the Director), then each such Director shall
receive cash in lieu of Common Stock or Exchange Securities at a rate of $20,000
per year, pro rated for actual days of service during the year prior to the
closing of such transaction.

     Except as provided in this Section 6, no Director shall have any rights by
reason of any subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares of any
class of the Company's capital stock, including shares of Common Stock, or the
payment of any dividend payable on shares of Common Stock or any other change in
the number or class of shares of the Company's outstanding capital stock, or by
reason of any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Company,
or by reason of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company other than in the usual and regular course of business, or by reason of
any issuance of any shares of capital stock of the Company, including shares of
Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
shares of Common Stock, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with
respect to the number of shares to be granted to Directors as described in
Section 2 hereof.

     EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM.

     The effective date of this Plan shall be January 1, 1996; provided that no
shares of Common Stock shall be issued hereunder until the Company's
shareholders have approved this Plan by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the voting securities shares represented in person or by proxy at a duly
convened meeting of the shareholders of the Company at which a quorum is
present. If shareholder approval is not obtained by June 30, 1996, then this
Plan shall be deemed abandoned. Otherwise, this Plan shall continue until
terminated by action of the Board of Directors.

     INDEMNIFICATION OF BOARD.

     In addition to all other rights or indemnification they may have as
directors of the Company or as members of the Board, members of the Board shall
be indemnified by the Company for all reasonable expenses and liabilities of any
type and nature, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection
with any action, suit or proceeding to which they or any of them are a party by
reason of, or in connection with, the Plan or any grant of Common Stock
hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided
such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the
Company), except to the extent that such expenses relate to matters for which it
is adjudged that such Board members are liable for willful misconduct; provided,
that within fifteen (15) days after the institution of any such action, suit or
proceeding, member(s) of the Board shall, in writing, notify the Company of such
action, suit or proceeding, so that the Company may have the opportunity to make
appropriate arrangements to prosecute or defend the same.

     AMENDMENT OF PLAN.

     The Board of Directors may, at any time, modify, amend or terminate this
Plan, including, without limitation, such modifications or amendments as are
necessary to maintain compliance with applicable statutes, rules or regulations;
provided, that (i) any amendment for which shareholder approval is required by
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 16b-3, as amended from time to time, or
any successor rule or regulatory requirements (the "Rule"), in order for the
Plan to be eligible or continue to qualify for the benefits of the Rule, shall
be subject to approval of the shareholders of the Company in accordance with the
Rule; and (ii) this Plan shall not be amended in any material respect more than
once every six (6) months, other than to comport with changes in the Rule, the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Employee Retirement Security Act
of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.


Approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.


                                    Page 93
<PAGE>


                          AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

     This Agreement and General Release ("Agreement") is made between Data I/O
Corporation ("Data I/O") and Bill Haydamack and is presented to Mr. Haydamack on
November 10, 1997.

     Data I/O and Mr. Haydamack agree as follows:

     1. Termination of Employment. Mr. Haydamack's regular, full-time employment
with Data I/O will terminate on November 14, 1997.

     2. Payments. In consideration of signing this Agreement, Mr. Haydamack will
receive the severance and other payments as described in this Agreement. Data
I/O shall pay Mr. Haydamack his current salary according to the normal payroll
process through the date of termination, less any lawful withholding. Mr.
Haydamack will also receive severance in the amount of $143,000.00, less any
lawful withholding, to be paid in a lump sum not later than December 1, 1997.

     3. Confidentiality and Return of Data I/O Property. Mr. Haydamack agrees to
keep the existence and terms of this Agreement confidential; provided Mr.
Haydamack may share its provisions with his or her spouse, attorney, and tax
advisor. Mr. Haydamack agrees not to use or disclose any non-public financial,
technical, marketing, operating, or other proprietary information of Data I/O or
its affiliates (collectively the "Company"), and agrees to return all tangible
items and copies containing such information to Data I/O on or before December
31, 1998.

     4. Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement and the letter attachment
(Exhibit A) hereto dated November 10, 1997, contains the entire understanding
between Data I/O and Mr. Haydamack regarding the subject matter of this
Agreement, and it supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements, whether oral
or written. The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any provision is
found to be invalid or unenforceable, the balance of this Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect.

     5. Non-Admission of Liability. This Agreement shall not be construed in any
way as an admission by either party of any wrongdoing or liability.


                                    Page 94
<PAGE>


                                 GENERAL RELEASE

     Mr. Haydamack hereby releases and forever discharges Data I/O, its present
and former officers, directors, agents, attorneys, parents, subsidiaries,
divisions and affiliates, from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits,
causes of action, debts, accounts or controversies of any nature whatsoever,
known or unknown, which Mr. Haydamack has, or may have, against Data I/O or its
present or former officers, directors, agents, attorneys, parents, subsidiaries,
divisions and affiliates, up to the date of execution of this Agreement.

     This Agreement specifically includes any and all claims arising out of, or
in any way related to, Mr. Haydamack's employment with Data I/O, or the
termination of Mr. Haydamack's employment with Data I/O, or any employment
actions taken by Data I/O during the course of Mr. Haydamack's employment.
Further, this Agreement specifically includes any and all claims based on, or
related to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act, any local, state or federal equal employment opportunity laws,
wrongful discharge claims, defamation claims, breach of contract claims, and
negligence and/or tort claims.


     WAIVER AND RELEASE OF AGE DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS

     This Agreement provides for a waiver and release of any rights or claims
that Mr. Haydamack may have against Data I/O or its agents, prior to the date it
is signed, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act.

     Mr. Haydamack understands that he or she is receiving benefits under this
Agreement in addition to anything he or she is already entitled.

     Mr. Haydamack is advised to consult with an attorney prior to signing this
Agreement.

     Mr. Haydamack understands that he or she has a period of 21 days within
which to consider signing this Agreement.

     Mr. Haydamack understands that he or she has a period of 7 days after
signing this Agreement within which to revoke it, and that it shall not become
effective or enforceable until that revocation period has expired.


Dated:  November 11, 1997               /s/  William J. Haydamack
                                             Bill Haydamack

Dated:  November 11, 1997               Data I/O Corporation

                                        By   William C. Erxleben

                                        Title President and Chief 
                                        Executive Officer

                                  ATTACHMENT A


TO:       Bill Haydamack

FROM:     Bill Erxleben

DATE:     November 10, 1997

Dear Bill:

     This letter details our agreement regarding severance upon your voluntary
termination of employment at Data I/O.


                                    Page 95
<PAGE>


1.   Your last day of employment is November 14, 1997.

2.   You will receive one year's base pay of $135,000, or as pro-rated pursuant
     to the attached schedule. (Schedule 1)

3.   Data I/O will transfer to you your laptop computer in exchange for up to 20
     hours of consulting beginning November 14, but ending not later than
     December 31, 1998.

4.   In exchange for being available to Data I/O as a consultant for up to an
     additional 40 hours through December 31, 1998, Data I/O will vest all
     10,000 of your remaining unvested options. You may exercise these options
     anytime after November 14 until you are notified in writing that your
     consultancy has ended whereupon you will have ninety days to exercise or
     December 31, 1998, whichever first occurs.

5.   You will receive a 401(k) match for 1997 prorated to November 14.

6.   If consulting services are required from you beyond 60 hours between
     November 14, 1997 and December 31, 1998 you will be paid $150.00 per hour.
     Any separate consultancy to MINC shall not be charged to Data I/O.

7.   You may keep your office files for the period of the consultancy but
     thereafter you must destroy these files or return them to Data I/O.

     It's been a pleasure to work with you. I wish you great success.


                                    Page 96
<PAGE>


                              Separation Agreement

     This Separation Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into by William C.
Erxleben ("Employee") and Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation
("Employer"). Employee and Employer wish to enter into an agreement pertaining
to the termination of Employee's employment in order to effect an orderly
transition. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or should be construed as an
admission of wrongdoing or liability by any party.

                                   AGREEMENTS

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual
promises contained below, it is agreed as follows:

1. TERMINATION DATE. The last day of Employee's employment with Employer will be
January 31, 1998 ("Termination Date"), provided that Employer may sooner
terminate the employment relationship if Employee fails to comply with any of
Employee's obligations hereunder, and further provided that Employee is hereby
relieved of his obligations to perform services as an employee or officer of
Employer and, effective immediately, shall not: perform services on behalf of
Employer, except as specifically requested by the President or CEO; make
representations on behalf of Employer; or bind Employer to any obligations.
Employee shall execute and submit to Employer as a condition precedent to this
Agreement a written resignation in substantially the form of Exhibit A ("Written
Resignation"). Employee claims and shall claim no further right to employment by
Employer beyond the Termination Date.

2. USUAL PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS. Employee shall be paid his usual and customary
benefits and compensation due him until January 6, 1998, plus unused accrued
vacation as of the Termination Date. Employer shall provide Employee with the
following compensation and benefits following termination:

     (A)  Employee may exercise whatever rights Employee may have to
          continuation of medical benefits under the Company's medical plan
          under COBRA;

     (B)  Employee's account under Employer's 401(k) plan upon termination shall
          be handled in accordance with the terms and conditions of that plan,
          and the Employer match for Employee will be provided for 1997 in
          accordance with existing policies of Employer;

     (C)  Out of pocket expenses previously incurred by Employee on Employer
          business shall be reimbursed in accordance with Employer policies
          regarding the reimbursement of business expenses, provided that
          Employee provides a request for such expenses together with related
          receipts or other suitable documentation on or before January 31,
          1998; and

     (D)  Management Incentive Compensation for 1997 shall be paid in accordance
          with the MICP Plan of Employer, with the amount of payout to be
          determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion after
          completion of the 1997 audit on the same basis as the payout to all
          other participants. Employee shall be permitted to review and
          challenge the calculation of such payout, subject to the understanding
          that such material is provided to Employee subject to the
          confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.

     (E.) Employee's contributions to Employer's Stock Purchase Plan shall be
          applied to the purchase of shares of Employer's Common Stock at
          January 31, 1998, the end of the current plan period, in accordance
          with Employer's Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     Except as stated herein, any and all other payments and benefits offered by
Employer to Employee cease on the Termination Date.

3. ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION. In addition to the compensation identified in
Paragraph 2 herein, and in consideration for Employee's covenants and release
herein, Employer will provide Employee with the following payments, benefits,
and other consideration:


                                    Page 97
<PAGE>


     A.   Employer shall enter into a consulting agreement with Employee in the
          form of Exhibit B to this Agreement ("the Consulting Agreement").
          Employer shall execute and deliver to Employee the fully executed
          Consulting Agreement within three days after the expiration of the
          revocation period in Paragraph 8, provided that Employee has executed
          and delivered this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement to Employer
          in accordance with the terms and conditions herein and has not revoked
          or rescinded this Agreement. The effective date of the Consulting
          Agreement shall be the later of: 1) the eighth day after Employee has
          delivered to Employer this fully executed Agreement and other
          documents referenced herein as conditions to this Agreement, provided
          that this Agreement has not been revoked or rescinded; or 2) February
          1, 1998.

     B.   At the date hereof Employee holds options to purchase shares of
          Employer's Common Stock granted pursuant to Employer's 1986 Stock
          Option Plan, as amended (the "86 Plan") in the amounts and with the
          other essential terms set forth on Exhibit C hereto and in the Plan
          (the "Options"). Conditioned on Employee's continued compliance with
          the terms of this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement, the Options
          shall remain exercisable and shall continue to vest throughout the
          term of Employee's service as a consultant to Employer pursuant to the
          Consulting Agreement (the "Term of the Consulting Agreement"). Any
          Options which were granted as Incentive Stock Options for purposes of
          Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall
          become non-qualified options as of the 91st day after the date on
          which Employee is no longer an employee of Employer. Each of the
          Options shall terminate on the earlier of (i) its original expiration
          date, (ii) the effective date of termination of the Consulting
          Agreement for cause, or (iii) 90 days after termination of the
          Consulting Agreement for any other reason. Vesting of the Options
          shall in any event cease on the last day of the Term of the Consulting
          Agreement. In the event of a change of control of Employer as
          described in Section 5 (n) of the 86 Plan during the term of the
          Consulting Agreement, the vesting of outstanding stock Options shall
          be accelerated in accordance with Section 5(n) of the 86 Plan, but
          only to the extent that such options would be vested as of June 30,
          1999 had the term of the Consulting Agreement continued through June
          30, 1999. Any stock appreciation rights granted in tandem with the
          Options are hereby terminated. Except as otherwise expressly stated
          herein, all other terms and conditions of the Options shall remain in
          full force and effect.

     C.   Employer shall pay the dues for continuing Harbor Club (Bellevue)
          membership for the months of January, February, and March of 1998.

     D.   Should Employee elect to exercise Employee's rights under COBRA, to
          the extent that such rights exist, Employer shall pay the premiums for
          COBRA coverage for Employee and dependents through December 31, 1998,
          unless Employee is entitled to medical benefits under another
          employer's plan.

     E.   Employer shall make a payment to Employee in the amount of $ 19,333.34
          ("Initial Payment") on the eighth day after Employee executes and
          delivers to Employer this Agreement, provided this Agreement is not
          rescinded or revoked. The Initial Payment shall be Payment 1 payable
          under and as described in the Consulting Agreement.

     It is agreed and acknowledged that Employer is not obligated to make the
payments and provide the benefits and other consideration described in this
Paragraph 3, that Employer does so only as consideration for the covenants and
release herein and that such payments and consideration constitute adequate
consideration for the covenants and release set forth in this Agreement.
Employer's obligation to provide the consideration set forth in this Paragraph
3, including execution and delivery to Employee of the Consulting Agreement and
performance of the Consulting Agreement, are conditioned upon all of the
following: 1) Employee's execution of this Agreement and delivery of this
Agreement to Employer in accordance with the terms and conditions herein; 2)
Employee not revoking or rescinding this Agreement; 3) Employee complying with
his obligations under this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement; 4) Employee's
execution of the Consulting Agreement and Written Resignation and delivery to
Employer of the Consulting Agreement and Written Resignation prior to the
expiration of this offer; and 5) Employee executing and delivering a waiver and
release in substantially the form of Exhibit D ("Second Release") within five
(5) days after the Termination Date but no earlier than the


                                    Page 98
<PAGE>


Termination Date, and not rescinding or revoking the Second Release. If Employer
has provided to Employee any of the consideration set forth in this Paragraph 3,
and Employee subsequently rescinds or revokes this Agreement or fails to meet
other conditions precedent to this Agreement, Employer shall be entitled to the
repayment of all such consideration. Other than those benefits and payments
specified in this Agreement, Employer shall have no obligation to provide and
shall provide no further payments or benefits of any kind to Employee.

4. COMPANY PROPERTY. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has turned
over to Employer all files, memoranda, records, keys, credit cards, manuals, and
other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data, and
physical property which Employee received from Employer or its employees or
which Employee generated in the course of Employee's employment with Employer.
If Employee still has any such property or materials, Employee shall turn all
such property and materials, including copies thereof, over to Employer within
three days after the effective date of this Agreement.

5. RELEASE OF CLAIMS. On behalf of himself, his marital community, and his
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, Employee expressly waives against
Employer and its present and former affiliates, successors, subsidiaries,
related entities and their present and former officers, directors, stockholders,
managers, employees, agents, representatives, and attorneys (all of which are
collectively referred to as "Released Parties") any and all claims which
occurred or which could be alleged to have occurred on the date of or prior to
the execution of this Release. Employee releases Released Parties, individually
and in their representative capacities, from any claims or disputes, whether
presently known or unknown, that occurred or could be alleged to have occurred
on the date of or prior to the execution of this Release. It is understood that
this waiver and release includes, but is not limited to, any and all claims for
wages, employment benefits, and damages of any kind whatsoever arising out of
any: contracts, express or implied including the Executive Agreement for Data
I/O Corporation between Employer and Employee dated March 20, 1995 ("Change of
Control Agreement"); any covenant of good faith and fair dealing; estoppel or
misrepresentation; discrimination, including age, sex or disability
discrimination; harassment; unjust enrichment; wrongful termination or any legal
restriction on Employer's right to terminate the employment of Employee; any
federal, state, local or other governmental statute or ordinance, including,
without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act; or any other legal limitation on the
employment relationship. Employee acknowledges that Released Parties are in no
way liable for any claims described in this paragraph and Employee agrees not to
take any position inconsistent with this acknowledgment. Excluded from this
release are claims Employee may have with regard to vested benefits under ERISA,
workers' compensation claims, claims arising under this Agreement or the
Consulting Agreement, claims for indemnification in accordance with Employer's
Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, and any other claim which may not be
released in accordance with law. Employee represents that Employee has not filed
any complaints, charges or lawsuits against any of the Released Parties with any
governmental agency or court.

6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

     A. Employee shall not use or disclose, either directly or indirectly, any
non-public strategic, financial, technical, marketing, sales, operating, or
other proprietary information of Employer or its affiliates. Employee agrees to
keep the terms of this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement (including but not
limited to the fact and amount of consideration under this Agreement and the
Consulting Agreement) completely confidential, and will not disclose any
information concerning this Agreement or its terms to anyone other than
Employee's spouse, legal counsel and/or financial advisors, who will be informed
of and bound by this confidentiality clause. Employee's obligations under this
Paragraph 6 (A) are unlimited in time and geographical scope. This provision is
not intended to restrict Employee from making disclosures as may be required by
law or legal process.

     B. Employee agrees that he will not, during the period from the effective
date of this Agreement until June 30, 1999 ("the Restricted Period"), directly
or indirectly be employed by, own, manage, operate, join, control or participate
in the ownership, management, operation or control of or be connected with, in
any manner, any person or entity engaged in any business or activities that are,
or are preparing to be, in competition with Employer with respect to any product
or service sold or actively engaged in by Employer in the IC Programmer Products
Market, as defined below, in any geographical area where Employer, during the
Restricted Period, is engaged in activities, including sales, pertaining to the
IC Programmer Products Market or is preparing to engage in such activities. "IC
Programmer Products Market" means the design, development, manufacture, sale or
distribution of any device or system used to program or handle programmable
integrated circuits. Employee shall be deemed to be connected with such business
if such business is carried on by a partnership, corporation or association of
which he or she is an employee, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member,


                                    Page 99
<PAGE>


consultant or agent; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the
purchase or ownership by Employee of shares which constitute less than five
percent (5%) of the outstanding equity securities of a publicly-held
corporation.

     C. During the Restricted Period, Employee shall not, in addition, directly
or indirectly, solicit, influence, or entice any employee or consultant of
Employer to cease his or her relationship with Employer or solicit, entice or in
any way divert any customer or supplier of Employer to do business with Employee
or any entity described herein.

     D. Employee acknowledges that the covenants in this Paragraph 6 are
reasonable and that compliance with such covenants will not prevent Employee
from pursuing his livelihood. Employee agrees that Employer would be irreparably
harmed by a breach of this Paragraph 6. In the event of breach of this
provision, Employer shall be entitled to any and all remedies permitted by law
and equity, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, disgorgement of
funds obtained as a result of the breach of this provision and reasonable
attorneys' fees.

7. COMMUNICATIONS. Employee shall not make any statements or take any actions to
disparage or undermine the reputation of any Released Party. Employee shall
refer all persons requesting references to the President of Employer, who shall
provide information consistent with the content of the press release dated
January 6, 1997 regarding Employee's termination.

8. REVIEW AND REVOCATION PERIOD. Employer hereby advises Employee to obtain
counsel to assist in assessing this offer. This offer shall remain open for
twenty-one (21) days from the date upon which it is presented to Employee, after
which it shall expire. Further, Employee affirms Employee's understanding that
Employee has a period of seven (7) days from the date upon which Employee
executes and delivers this Agreement to Employer to revoke Employee's acceptance
of this Agreement. If Employee decides to rescind this Agreement, Employee is
required to deliver to the undersigned representative of Employer within seven
(7) days from execution and delivery of this Agreement a notice revoking
Employee's acceptance of this Agreement.

9. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any part
of it is found to be unlawful or unenforceable, the other provisions of this
Agreement shall remain fully valid and enforceable to the maximum extent
consistent with applicable law.

10. KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT. Employee is hereby advised to consult an
attorney of Employee's choice and has either done so or has knowingly waived the
right to do so. Employee has carefully read this agreement; knows the contents
thereof; has had an opportunity to discuss it and its effects with Employee's
attorney; understands that he is giving up all claims, damages or disputes as
set forth in Paragraph 5 of this Agreement, including claims, damages and
disputes under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; has been afforded ample
and adequate opportunity to review and analyze this entire Agreement;
understands its contents and its final and binding effect; and has signed it as
Employee's free and voluntary act. Employee represents and warrants that
Employee is the sole and exclusive owner of all respective claims, demands and
causes of action, and that no other party has any right, title or interest
whatsoever in any of the matters referred to herein, and there has been no
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition by Employee of any matters
referred to herein.

11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between
Employee and Employer and supersedes any prior Agreements or understandings,
express or implied, pertaining to the terms of Employee's employment with
Employer and the termination of the employment relationship except for the
Consulting Agreement which is incorporated herein by reference and the
agreements representing the Options except as expressly modified herein. This
Agreement expressly supersedes and terminates the Change of Control Agreement.
Employee acknowledges that in executing this Agreement, Employee does not rely
upon any representation or statement by any representative of Employer or any of
the Released Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, except as
expressly set forth in the text of the Agreement. This Agreement may be amended
only by a writing signed by Employee and the President or CEO of Employer.

12. OTHER. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of
Washington, excluding its choice of law provisions. The parties hereby consent
to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in King
County, Washington for all matters and actions arising under this Agreement. The
prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable costs and attorney's fees
incurred in connection with such litigation.


                                    Page 100
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
dates below written.

Employer                                       Employee

DATA I/O CORPORATION

By //S//Milton F. Zeutschel             /s/William C. Erxleben
Its President and CEO                   William C. Erxleben
Date January 14, 1998                   Date January 14, 1998


                                    Page 101
<PAGE>


                              Consulting Agreement


     This Consulting Agreement is between William C. Erxleben ("Consultant") and
Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation ("the Company") in accordance
with a Separation Agreement between Consultant and the Company ("the Separation
Agreement.")

     Consultant and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. Services. Consultant shall perform consulting services for the Company to
assist the Company with regard to areas of Consultant's expertise as reasonably
requested from time to time by the President or CEO of the Company. Consultant
shall not be required to provide more than 20 hours of assistance per month and
the Company shall not require Consultant to perform services during times which
would restrict Consultant from pursuing other employment or consulting positions
which are not inconsistent with the Restrictive Covenants herein. Consultant
shall provide his own office facilities and equipment.

2. Term of Agreement. This Consulting Agreement shall become effective upon the
later of 1) the eighth day after Employee has delivered to the Company the fully
executed Separation Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions
therein, provided that the Separation Agreement has not been rescinded or
revoked and further provided that by such date Consultant has executed and
delivered and all other documents referenced in the Separation Agreement as
conditions precedent to the Separation Agreement; or 2) February 1, 1998. This
Consulting Agreement shall terminate on June 30, 1999, unless terminated sooner
in accordance with the terms and conditions herein.

3. Compensation. The Company shall pay Consultant consulting fees as described
in Schedule 1 to this Consulting Agreement until the expiration or termination
of this Consulting Agreement. Consultant shall pay all taxes required in
connection with this Consulting Agreement and shall indemnify the Company and
hold the Company harmless against any and all costs, including taxes, penalties
and attorneys' fees, arising from the non-payment of taxes under this Consulting
Agreement. Consultant shall pay all expenses related to this agreement unless
otherwise authorized in writing in advance by the President or CEO of the
Company. Nothing in this Consulting Agreement or the relationship created
hereunder entitles Consultant to any fringe benefits.

4. No Agency. The relationship hereunder is one of independent contractor, and
neither the Company nor Consultant intends to create any partnership, joint
venture, employment or agency. Consultant shall not hold himself out as an agent
of the Company and shall not make any representations on behalf of the Company
or enter into any obligations on behalf of the Company.

5. Termination. The Company may terminate this Consulting Agreement and cease
making payments hereunder upon the occurrence of any of the following:

          (A) Consultant breaches his obligations under Sections 6 or 7 of the
     Consulting Agreement or Sections 4 or 6 of the Separation Agreement between
     the Company and Consultant, in which case this Consulting Agreement shall
     automatically terminate without notice; or

          (B) Consultant fails to comply with provisions of the Consulting
     Agreement or the Separation Agreement other than those identified in
     Paragraph 5 (A), provided that Consultant is given a thirty-day period to
     cure the non-performance upon written notice and fails to satisfactorily
     cure such non-compliance within the thirty-day cure period.

     Nothing in this Paragraph 5 limits in any way any other rights or remedies
the Company may have in the event of the breach by Consultant of any obligation
he may have to the Company.

     6. Restrictive Covenants.

     A. Consultant shall not use or disclose, either directly or indirectly, any
non-public strategic, financial, technical, marketing, sales, operating, or
other proprietary information of the Company or its affiliates. Consultant
agrees to keep the terms of the Consulting Agreement (including but not limited
to the fact and amount of consideration under this Agreement


                                    Page 102
<PAGE>


and the Consulting Agreement) completely confidential, and will not disclose any
information concerning this Consulting Agreement or its terms to anyone other
than Consultant's spouse, legal counsel and/or financial advisors, who will be
informed of and bound by this confidentiality clause. Consultant's obligations
under this Paragraph 6 (A) are unlimited in time and scope and shall survive the
termination or expiration of this Consulting Agreement. This provision is not
intended to restrict Consultant from making disclosures as may be required by
law or legal process.

     B. Consultant agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, during the
period from the effective date of this Consulting Agreement until June 30, 1999
("the Restricted Period"), directly or indirectly be employed by, own, manage,
operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or
control of or be connected with, in any manner, any person or entity engaged in
any business or activities that are, or are preparing to be, in competition with
the Company with respect to any product or service sold or actively engaged in
by the Company in the IC Programmer Products Market, as defined below, in any
geographical area where the Company, during the Restricted Period, is engaged in
activities, including sales, pertaining to the IC Programmer Products Market or
is preparing to engage in such activities. "IC Programmer Products Market" means
the design, development, manufacture, sale or distribution of any device or
system used to program or handle programmable integrated circuits. Consultant
shall be deemed to be connected with such business if such business is carried
on by a partnership, corporation or association of which he is an employee,
officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, consultant or agent; provided,
however, that nothing herein shall prevent the purchase or ownership by
Consultant of shares which constitute less than five percent (5%) of the
outstanding equity securities of a publicly-held corporation.

     C. During the Restricted Period, Consultant shall not, in addition,
directly or indirectly, solicit, influence, or entice any employee or consultant
of the Company to cease his or her relationship with the Company or solicit,
entice or in any way divert any customer or supplier of the Company to do
business with the Company or any entity described herein.

     D. Consultant acknowledges that the covenants in this Paragraph 6 are
reasonable and that compliance with such covenants will not prevent Consultant
from pursuing his livelihood. Consultant agrees that the Company would be
irreparably harmed by a breach of this Paragraph 6. In the event of breach of
this provision, the Company shall be entitled to any and all remedies permitted
by law and equity, including, without limitation, injunctive relief,
disgorgement of funds obtained as a result of the breach of this provision and
reasonable attorneys' fees.

7. Intellectual Property. All rights in all intellectual properties, including
without limitation works, programs, ideas, manuals reports or inventions which
Consultant develops in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others
("Inventions") in connection with this Consulting Agreement shall be the sole
property of the Company and its assigns, and the Company and its assigns shall,
in any such case, be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights and other rights
in connection therewith. Consultant hereby assigns to the Company any rights
Consultant may have or acquire in such Inventions. Consultant further agrees as
to all such Inventions to assist the Company in every proper way to obtain and
from time to time to enforce patents, copyrights or other rights on said
Inventions and improvements in any and all countries and to that end Consultant
will execute all documents for use in applying for and obtaining such patents
and copyrights thereon and enforcing the same, as the Company may desire,
together with any assignments thereof to the Company or persons designated by
it. Consultant's obligation to assist the Company in obtaining and enforcing
patents, copyrights or other rights for such Inventions and improvements in any
and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of this Consulting
Agreement.

8. Notices. Notices and other communications called for or required by this
Consulting Agreement shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the parties
at their respective addresses stated below or to such other address as party may
subsequently specify by written notice and shall be deemed to have been received
(i) upon delivery in person, (ii) five days after mailing it by U.S. certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or (iii) two
days after depositing it with a commercial overnight carrier which provides
written verification of delivery:

     To the Company:         Data I/O Corporation
                             10525 Willows Road, N.E.
                             Redmond, Washington 98052
                             Attention: President

     To Consultant:          William C. Erxleben


                                    Page 103
<PAGE>


9. Governing Law. This Consulting Agreement shall be governed by the law of the
State of Washington, excluding its choice of law provisions. The parties agree
that the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any lawsuit between them shall be
in the state or federal courts sitting in King County, Washington. The
prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees and costs
incurred in connection with such litigation.

10. Other. Except for the Separation Agreement between Consultant and the
Company and other agreements incorporated by reference therein, this Consulting
Agreement constitutes the exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings of
the parties. This Consulting Agreement may be modified only by a writing signed
by Consultant and the President or CEO of the Company.



The Company                                      Consultant

DATA I/O CORPORATION


By /s/Milton F. Zeutschel               /s/William C. Erxleben
Its President and CEO                   William C. Erxleben

                                        -------------------
                                        Social Security Number

Date January 14, 1998                   Date January 14, 1998


                                    Page 104
<PAGE>


Data I/O Corporation
Bill Erxleben Consulting Payment Structure
1/13/1998

Total Payments under Consulting Proposal                           $250,000.00

Amount scheduled for 1999 (before tax related adjustment)            18,000.00

Amount scheduled for 1998                                           232,000.00


Payment 1           8th day after execution of Sep.Agmt              19,333.34
Payment 2                         15-Feb                              9,666.67
Payment 3                         28-Feb                              9,666.67
Payment 4                         15-Mar                              9,666.67
Payment 5                         31-Mar                              9,666.67
Payment 6                         15-Apr                              9,666.67
Payment 7                         30-Apr                              9,666.67
Payment 8                         15-May                              9,666.67
Payment 9                         31-May                              9,666.67
Payment 10                        15-Jun                              9,666.67
Payment 11                        30-Jun                              9,666.67
Payment 12                        15-Jul                              9,666.67
Payment 13                        31-Jul                              9,666.67
Payment 14                        15-Aug                              9,666.67
Payment 15                        31-Aug                              9,666.67
Payment 16                        15-Sep                              9,666.67
Payment 17                        30-Sep                              9,666.67
Payment 18                        15-Oct                              9,666.67
Payment 19                        31-Oct                              9,666.67
Payment 20                        15-Nov                              9,666.67
Payment 21                        30-Nov                              9,666.67
Payment 22                        15-Dec                              9,666.67
Payment 23                        31-Dec                              9,666.67
                                                                   -----------
                              Total for 1998                        232,000.08

Payment 1                         15-Jan                               1624.26
Payment 2                         31-Jan                               1624.26
Payment 3                         15-Feb                               1624.26
Payment 4                         28-Feb                               1624.26
Payment 5                         15-Mar                               1624.26
Payment 6                         31-Mar                               1624.26
Payment 7                         15-Apr                               1624.26
Payment 8                         30-Apr                               1624.26
Payment 9                         15-May                               1624.26
Payment 10                        31-May                               1624.26
Payment 11                        15-Jun                               1624.26
Payment 12                        30-Jun                               1624.26
                                                                   -----------
                              Total for 1999                         19,491.12


                                    Page 105
<PAGE>


               FIRST AMENDMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                 REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON CORPORATION, AND
                     REEL TECH, INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION

Effective May 6, 1997, the following is an amendment (the "First Amendment") to
the Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington
corporation ("Purchaser"), Reel Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation ("Seller"),
and Norris R. Hall and Douglas R. Hall ("Shareholders") dated August 31, 1995.
All terms used in this First Amendment shall have the same meaning as those in
the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

1.   The parties acknowledge Reel Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation, has
     changed its name to Hall, Inc.

2.   Section 2 of Exhibit 3.6A, Employment Agreement between Reel-Tech, Inc. and
     Douglas R. Hall, and Section 2 of Exhibit 3.6B, Employment Agreement
     between Reel-Tech, Inc. and Norris R. Hall, shall be amended as follows:

     "August 31, 1998" in the fourth line shall be changed to "December 31,
     1998".

3.   Section 3.2 of Exhibit 3.6A, Employment Agreement between Reel-Tech, Inc.
     and Douglas R. Hall, and Section 3.2 of Exhibit 3.6B, Employment Agreement
     between Reel-Tech, Inc. and Norris R. Hall, shall be amended as follows:

     After the end of the third sentence, the remainder of Section 3.2 shall be
     deleted and superseded by the following:

     In addition, subject to the conditions set forth herein, Data I/O shall
     grant to Employee additional nonqualified stock options to purchase up to
     3,750 shares of the Common Stock of Data I/O (the "TR4000 Options")
     pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, to be granted on the date
     development of the TR4000 tape and reel system (the"TR4000") is
     successfully completed (the "TR4000 Date"). The criteria for determining
     the TR4000 Date are: (a) The TR4000 must meet the specifications detailed
     in the Customer Requirements Document ("CRD") for the TR4000 (b) The TR4000
     must be a fully documented product (including all drawings and
     manufacturing assembly instructions) for manufacturing to be able to
     reproduce on a volume basis and (c) Reel-Tech, Inc. must manufacture a
     reproducible product as evidenced by the shipment, installation and written
     acceptance of the beta unit and/or first production unit by October 15,
     1997. Such grant shall be in the form of Stock Option Agreement attached
     hereto as Exhibit B-1. The exercise price for the TR4000 Options shall be
     the fair market value of the Common Stock on the TR4000 Date as determined
     by the Plan administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Data I/O shall
     have no obligation to grant, and Employee shall have no right to be
     granted, the TR4000 Options if the TR4000 Date occurs after October 15,
     1997.

     In addition, subject to the conditions set forth herein, Data I/O shall
     grant to Employee additional nonqualified stock options to purchase up to
     11,250 shares of the Common Stock of Data I/O (the "Coyote Options")
     pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, to be granted on the date
     development of the Coyote programming system is successfully completed (the
     "Coyote Date"). The criteria for determining the Coyote Date shall be
     mutually agreed on by the parties by May 9, 1997. Such grant shall be in
     the form of Stock Option Agreement to be


                                    Page 106
<PAGE>


     attached hereto as Exhibit B-2. The exercise price for the Coyote Options
     shall be the fair market value of the Common Stock on the Coyote Date as
     determined by the Plan administrator.

3.   Exhibit B, Stock Option Agreement, of Exhibit 3.6A, Employment Agreement
     between Reel-Tech, Inc. and Douglas R. Hall, shall be deleted in its
     entirety and superseded by the attached Exhibit B-1, and Exhibit B-2 to be
     attached by May 9, 1997:


                                    Page 107
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B-1

                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
                             1986 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the __ day of ______,
199__ ("Date of Grant"), by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington
corporation (the "Company"), and Douglas R. Hall (the "Optionee").

     1. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the
Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee the right and option (the "Option") to purchase up to three thousand
seven hundred fifty (3,750) shares (the "Shares") of the common stock, $.01 par
value, of the Company, at a price per share of $________ (the "Exercise Price").
This Option is intended not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option for purposes
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In the case of
any stock split, stock dividend or like change in the nature of shares granted
by this Agreement, the number of shares and option price shall be
proportionately adjusted as set forth in Section 5(m) of the Plan. The Option
shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule provided
that the Optionee is continuously employed by the Company through the dates set
forth therein:

                                                      Portion of Total
                                                  Option Which Will Become
           Date                                         Exercisable
           ----                                         -----------

     October 15, 1997                                     33.33%
     October 15, 1998                                     66.66%
     October 15, 1999                                     100%

     The vesting of the Option is subject to acceleration in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5(f) of the Plan.

     2. Termination of Option. The Option shall terminate, to the extent not
previously exercised, six (6) years from the Date of Grant or earlier in
accordance with Section 5 of the Plan. The unvested portion of the Option shall
terminate immediately upon the Optionee's termination of employment for any
reason whatsoever.

     3. Non-transferable. This Option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged
or hypothecated in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise) other
than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and shall
not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option or of
any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, or
upon the sale or levy


                                    Page 108
<PAGE>


or any attachment or similar process upon the rights and privileges conferred
hereby, this Option shall thereupon terminate and become null and void.

     4. Exercise. Subject to Sections 1 and 2 hereof and the Plan, this Option
may be exercised in whole or in part by means of a written notice of exercise
signed and delivered by the Optionee (or, in the case of exercise after death of
the Optionee by the executor, administrator, heir or legatee of the Optionee, as
the case may be) to the Company at the address set forth herein for notices to
the Company. Such notice (a) shall state the number of Shares to be purchased
and the date of exercise, and (b) shall be accompanied by payment of the full
exercise price in cash, by certified or cashier's check or by delivery of such
other consideration as the administrator of the Plan may approve.

     5. Withholding. Prior to delivery of any Shares purchased upon exercise of
this Option, the Company shall determine the amount of any United States federal
and state income tax, if any, which is required to be withheld under applicable
law and shall, as a condition of exercise of this Option and delivery of
certificates representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option,
collect from Optionee the amount of any such tax to the extent not previously
withheld.

     6. Rights of the Optionee. Neither this Option, the execution of this
Agreement nor the exercise of any portion of this Option shall confer upon
Optionee any right to, or guarantee of, continued employment by the Company, or
in any way limit the right of the Company to terminate employment of Optionee at
any time, subject to the terms of any employment agreements between the Company
and Optionee.

     7. Professional Advice. The acceptance and exercise of the Option and the
sale of Option Stock may have consequences under federal and state tax and
securities laws which may vary depending upon the individual circumstances of
the Optionee. Accordingly, the Optionee acknowledges that he has been advised to
consult his personal legal and tax advisor in connection with this Agreement and
his dealings with respect to the Option or the Option Stock.

     8. Agreement Subject to Plan. This Option and this Agreement evidencing and
confirming the same are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Plan and in any amendments to the Plan existing now or in the future, which
terms and conditions are incorporated herein by reference. A copy will be made
available upon request. Should any conflict exist between the provisions of the
Plan and those of this Agreement, those of this Agreement shall govern and
control. This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire and exclusive
understanding between the Company and Optionee with respect to the Option and
shall be deemed to integrate, replace and supersede all previous communications,
representations or agreements between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, whether written or oral.

     9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington without regard to its
conflicts of laws principles to the contrary, and shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.


                                    Page 109
<PAGE>


DATA I/O CORPORATION                    OPTIONEE: Douglas R. Hall


By _______________________              ________________________

Printed Name ____________________       Printed Name _____________________

Title _________________

4.   Exhibit B, Stock Option Agreement, of Exhibit 3.6B, Employment Agreement
     between Reel-Tech, Inc. and Norris R. Hall, shall be deleted in its
     entirety and superseded by the attached Exhibit B-1, and Exhibit B-2 to be
     attached by May 9, 1997:


                                    Page 110
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B-1

                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
                             1986 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the __ day of _______,
199__ ("Date of Grant"), by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington
corporation (the "Company"), and Norris R. Hall (the "Optionee").

     1. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the
Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee the right and option (the "Option") to purchase up to three thousand
seven hundred fifty (3,750) shares (the "Shares") of the common stock, $.01 par
value, of the Company, at a price per share of $________ (the "Exercise Price").
This Option is intended not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option for purposes
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In the case of
any stock split, stock dividend or like change in the nature of shares granted
by this Agreement, the number of shares and option price shall be
proportionately adjusted as set forth in Section 5(m) of the Plan. The Option
shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule provided
that the Optionee is continuously employed by the Company through the dates set
forth therein:

                                                     Portion of Total
                                                 Option Which Will Become
     Date                                              Exercisable
     ----                                              -----------
     October 15, 1997                                     33.33%
     October 15, 1998                                     66.66%
     October 15, 1999                                     100%

     The vesting of the Option is subject to acceleration in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5(f) of the Plan.

     2. Termination of Option. The Option shall terminate, to the extent not
previously exercised, six (6) years from the Date of Grant or earlier in
accordance with Section 5 of the Plan. The unvested portion of the Option shall
terminate immediately upon the Optionee's termination of employment for any
reason whatsoever.

     3. Non-transferable. This Option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged
or hypothecated in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise) other
than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and shall
not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option or of
any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, or
upon the sale or levy or any attachment or similar process upon the rights and
privileges conferred hereby, this Option shall thereupon terminate and become
null and void.


                                    Page 111
<PAGE>


     4. Exercise. Subject to Sections 1 and 2 hereof and the Plan, this Option
may be exercised in whole or in part by means of a written notice of exercise
signed and delivered by the Optionee (or, in the case of exercise after death of
the Optionee by the executor, administrator, heir or legatee of the Optionee, as
the case may be) to the Company at the address set forth herein for notices to
the Company. Such notice (a) shall state the number of Shares to be purchased
and the date of exercise, and (b) shall be accompanied by payment of the full
exercise price in cash, by certified or cashier's check or by delivery of such
other consideration as the administrator of the Plan may approve.

     5. Withholding. Prior to delivery of any Shares purchased upon exercise of
this Option, the Company shall determine the amount of any United States federal
and state income tax, if any, which is required to be withheld under applicable
law and shall, as a condition of exercise of this Option and delivery of
certificates representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option,
collect from Optionee the amount of any such tax to the extent not previously
withheld.

     6. Rights of the Optionee. Neither this Option, the execution of this
Agreement nor the exercise of any portion of this Option shall confer upon
Optionee any right to, or guarantee of, continued employment by the Company, or
in any way limit the right of the Company to terminate employment of Optionee at
any time, subject to the terms of any employment agreements between the Company
and Optionee.

     7. Professional Advice. The acceptance and exercise of the Option and the
sale of Option Stock may have consequences under federal and state tax and
securities laws which may vary depending upon the individual circumstances of
the Optionee. Accordingly, the Optionee acknowledges that he has been advised to
consult his personal legal and tax advisor in connection with this Agreement and
his dealings with respect to the Option or the Option Stock.

     8. Agreement Subject to Plan. This Option and this Agreement evidencing and
confirming the same are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Plan and in any amendments to the Plan existing now or in the future, which
terms and conditions are incorporated herein by reference. A copy will be made
available upon request. Should any conflict exist between the provisions of the
Plan and those of this Agreement, those of this Agreement shall govern and
control. This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire and exclusive
understanding between the Company and Optionee with respect to the Option and
shall be deemed to integrate, replace and supersede all previous communications,
representations or agreements between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, whether written or oral.

     9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington without regard to its
conflicts of laws principles to the contrary, and shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

DATA I/O CORPORATION                    OPTIONEE: Norris R. Hall


                                    Page 112
<PAGE>


By _______________________              ________________________

Printed Name ____________________       Printed Name _____________________

Title _________________

In the event of a conflict between the terms of the First Amendment and the
Agreement, the First Amendment shall control. All other terms and conditions of
the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Executed by authorized representatives of the parties as of the date first
listed above.

PURCHASER:                              SELLER:
REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON           HALL, INC. (FORMERLY REEL TECH,
CORPORATION                             INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION)

/s/William C. Erxleben                  /s/Douglas R. Hall
Signature                               Signature

William C. Erxleben                     Douglas R. Hall

Chairperson of the Board                President

May 6, 1997                             May 6, 1997
Date                                    Date

                                        SHAREHOLDERS:

                                        /s/Douglas R. Hall
                                        Douglas R. Hall

                                        May 6, 1997
                                        Date

                                        /s/Norris R. Hall
                                        Norris R. Hall

                                        May 6, 1997
                                        Date


                                    Page 113
<PAGE>


              SECOND AMENDMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                 REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON CORPORATION, AND
                     REEL TECH, INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION

Effective May 6, 1997, 1997, the following is the second amendment (the "Second
Amendment") to the Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Reel-Tech, Inc., a
Washington corporation ("Purchaser"), Reel Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation
("Seller"), and Norris R. Hall and Douglas R. Hall ("Shareholders") dated August
31, 1995. All terms used in this Second Amendment shall have the same meaning as
those in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:



1.   Section 2.4 Calculation and Payment of Earn-Out shall be deleted in its
     entirety and superseded by the following:

     2.4  Calculation and Payment of Earn-Out.

          2.4.1 Subject to the requirements of Section 2.4 hereof, Purchaser
     shall make additional cash payments of an aggregate amount not to exceed
     $2,000,000 should the continuing operations of the SCE Business acquired
     hereby attain the revenue and pre-tax income as a percentage of revenue or
     pre-tax income targets, as applicable, set forth below. The period for
     attainment of these targets (the "Earn-Out Period") will be the period
     beginning with the first day following the Effective Date and ending on
     December 31, 1998, but excluding the period between August 23, 1996, and
     December 26, 1996. No earn-out will accrue after the end of the Earn-Out
     Period. The revenue and pre-tax income targets and related Earn-Out
     Payments are as follows:

                             Earn-Out Payments(1)(2)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Earn-Out          Earn-Out           Earn-Out
                                                              Payment 1         Payment 2          Payment 3
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>                <C>     
Earn-Out Payment amounts:
  Achievement of minimum targets(1)                           $666,000          $667,000           $667,000
  Achievement of bonus targets(1)                             $832,750          $833,750           $333,500

Minimum Targets(1):
  Revenues(2)                                                 $4,500,000        $5,500,000         $6,500,000
  and
  Pre-tax income as a % of revenues or pre-tax income,(3)     10%               $550,000           $650,000
   as applicable

Bonus Targets(1):
  Revenues(2)                                                 $4,500,000        $5,500,000         $6,500,000
  and
  Pre-tax income as a % of revenues(3)                        17%               17%                17%
</TABLE>

Requirements:

(1)  For any Earn-Out Payments, both the revenue target and pre-tax income as a
     % of revenue or pre-tax income target, as applicable, must be met in an
     Annual Earn-Out Period, as defined below. Any Earn-Out Payment may be
     earned during any of the three Annual Earn-Out Periods during the Earn-Out
     Period and more than one Earn-Out Payment may be earned in any Annual
     Earn-Out Period, provided that Earn-Out Payment 3 may only be earned in the
     Annual Earn-Out Period beginning on December 26, 1997 and ending on
     December 31, 1998, each Earn-Out Payment may be earned only once and under
     no circumstances will the aggregate amount of Earn-Out Payments exceed
     $2,000,000.


                                    Page 114
<PAGE>


(2)  For purposes of calculating Earn-Out Payments, revenue shall mean revenues
     generated by the SCE Business from the sale of semi-conductor equipment or
     the provision of related services plus the transfer price of the
     ProMaster(R) 9500 at the price therefor under the OEM/Purchase Agreement
     dated October 7, 1994, between Data I/O and Seller (the "9500 Transfer
     Price") and the transfer price of Data I/O's Coyote product, plus actual
     revenues from the sale of any other products as mutually agreed in writing,
     in each case net of discounts, returns, credits and allowances. Revenues
     shall not include sales to third party customers of any of Data I/O's
     ProMaster(R) line of products, including without limitation, Data I/O's
     Coyote product, or of similar products which include programming
     capabilities. Acceptance of orders will be governed by Purchaser-approved
     operating plans and profit criteria. All exceptions will require approval
     by the Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer of
     Purchaser.

(3)  Pre-tax income shall mean the aggregate net income (including losses which
     shall be taken into account negatively) for the Annual Earn-Out Period in
     question before any deductions for federal, state or local taxes measured
     by income. The costs to be used in calculating pre-tax income will be
     determined substantially as follows:

     (a)  All direct costs, except for costs associated with producing Data
          I/O's ProMaster(R) 9500 or Coyote product, associated with the
          Indianapolis operations or otherwise associated with the SCE Business
          or any product for which revenue is included in this earn-out
          calculation, per note 2 above, will be charged against earnings.
          Amortization of the purchase price of this transaction shall be
          excluded.

     (b)  Interest expense will be charged against earnings at a rate equal to
          the prevailing prime rate as published by the Wall Street Journal in
          effect on the first day of each Purchaser fiscal quarter to the extent
          that the operations of the SCE Business consume cash beyond the amount
          of cash included in the Purchased Assets or generated by the SCE
          Business after the Effective Date. For purposes of this calculation
          all sums paid as Purchase Price will be excluded. Such use of cash
          will be calculated on a daily basis. A "line of credit" shall be
          established by Purchaser for the SCE Business. Such "line of credit"
          will provide the SCE Business with working capital as approved by
          Purchaser and may be paid down to reduce the balance based on cash
          generated by the SCE Business.

     (c)  The costs of producing Data I/O's ProMaster(R) 9500 will be included
          in the calculation of the Earn-Out Payment at sixty-five percent (65%)
          of the 9500 Transfer Price and the costs of developing and/or
          manufacturing Data I/O's Coyote product will be included in the
          calculation of the Earn-Out Payment at a formula to be mutually agreed
          upon by May 9, 1997.

     (d)  New product development will be funded at 8% of revenues of the SCE
          Business unless otherwise mutually agreed by Purchaser and the
          Shareholders. The actual direct costs to the SCE Business of any NRE
          funded by customers of the SCE Business for development of new
          products will be considered product development expenditures for
          purposes of calculating such 8%.

     (e)  Data I/O corporate senior staff time and costs will not be charged to
          the Indianapolis operation; provided, however, other corporate
          personnel time and costs will be charged to the SCE Business on a
          pro-rata basis at Direct, Unburdened Cost, plus a 5% administrative
          fee, if such personnel devote more than one-half of their time in any
          Fiscal Month to direct support of the SCE Business. "Direct,
          Unburdened Cost" shall include all salaries, benefits and taxes for
          personnel and other direct costs associated with the support of the
          SCE Business.

     (f)  The following also shall be excluded from the calculation of pre-tax
          income:

          (i)   Revenue derived from non-operating sources, such as interest
                income and income or loss from non-business related investments;

          (ii)  Gain from the sale of capital assets or other non-recurring
                events; and

          (iii) The results of any operations acquired by the SCE Business or
                Purchaser after the Effective Date.


                                    Page 115
<PAGE>


          2.4.2 All Earn-Out Payments are contingent on or subject to the
     following:

     (a)  The parties agree that the target date for ISO 9001 certification of
          the Indianapolis, Indiana facility is January 31, 1997. No Earn-Out
          Payment shall be made unless and until the SCE Business obtains ISO
          9001 certification. If ISO 9001 certification is not obtained by the
          end of the Earn-Out Period, no Earn-Out Payments shall accrue or be
          made.

     (b)  Earn-Out Payments 2 and 3 are contingent on completion by the SCE
          Business of engineering and manufacturing documentation for all
          products being sold by the SCE business and for Data I/O's Coyote
          product which satisfys the standards set forth in Schedule 2.4.2. The
          parties agree that the target date for completion of such
          documentation is January 31, 1997 for all products except Coyote
          products and that the target date for Coyote products shall be agreed
          upon by May 9, 1997; provided, however, that if such documentation has
          not been completed by the end of the Earn-Out Period, Earn-Out
          Payments 2 and 3 shall not accrue or be paid.

     (c)  Payment of Earn-Out Payments is also contingent on both of the
          Shareholders continued employment (unless such employment is
          terminated as a result of death or disability) by Purchaser pursuant
          to their Employment Agreements with Purchaser.

          2.4.3 The measurement of the achievement of the revenue and pre-tax
     income as a percentage of revenue or pre-tax income targets, as applicable,
     will be done based on three twelve (12) Fiscal Month periods, the first of
     which will begin on September 1, 1995, and end on August 22, 1996; the
     second of which will begin on December 27, 1996 and end on December 25,
     1997; and the third of which will begin on December 26, 1997, and end on
     December 31, 1998. Each such period is referred to as an "Annual Earn-Out
     Period". The period between August 23, 1996, and December 26, 1996, shall
     be excluded from the Earn-Out Period. The calculation of the actual results
     will be completed by Purchaser within sixty (60) days following the last
     day of each Annual Earn-Out Period. All calculations of performance of the
     SCE Business against the foregoing targets shall be determined by Purchaser
     in good faith based on the foregoing and in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles applied in a manner consistent with the
     accounting policies, practices and assumptions employed by Purchaser in
     preparing its own financial statements.

          2.4.4 Earn-Out Payments shall be made to the Seller within thirty (30)
     days of completion of the measurement of actual results as noted in Section
     2.4.3 or within thirty (30) days of the completion of the requirements as
     specified in Section 2.4.2, whichever is later.

In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Second Amendment and the
Agreement, the Second Amendment shall control. All other terms and conditions of
the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Executed by authorized representatives of the parties as of the date first
listed above.


                                    Page 116
<PAGE>


PURCHASER:                              SELLER:
REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON           HALL, INC. (FORMERLY REEL TECH,
CORPORATION                             INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION)

/s/William C. Erxleben                  /s/Douglas R. Hall
Signature                               Signature

William C. Erxleben                     Douglas R. Hall

Chairperson of the Board                President

May 6, 1997                             May 6, 1997
Date                                    Date

                                        SHAREHOLDERS:

                                        /s/Douglas R. Hall
                                        Douglas R. Hall

                                        May 6, 1997
                                        Date

                                        /s/Norris R. Hall
                                        Norris R. Hall

                                        May 6, 1997
                                        Date


                                    Page 117
<PAGE>

               THIRD AMENDMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                 REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON CORPORATION, AND
                     REEL TECH, INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION

Effective July 2, 1997, the following is an amendment (the "Third Amendment") to
the Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington
corporation ("Purchaser"), Reel Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation ("Seller"),
and Norris R. Hall and Douglas R. Hall ("Shareholders") dated August 31, 1995.
All terms used in this Third Amendment shall have the same meaning as those in
the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

1.   Footnote 2 of Section 2.4.1 shall be deleted in its entirety and superseded
     by the following:

     (2)  For purposes of calculating Earn-Out Payments, revenue shall mean
          revenues generated by the SCE Business from the sale of semi-conductor
          equipment or the provision of related services plus the transfer price
          of the ProMaster(R) 9500 at the price therefor under the OEM/Purchase
          Agreement dated October 7, 1994, between Data I/O and Seller (the
          "9500 Transfer Price") and the transfer price of Data I/O's Coyote
          Product, if the SCE Business is producing the Coyote product, plus
          actual revenues from the sale of any other products as mutually agreed
          in writing, in each case net of discounts, returns, credits and
          allowances. If the Coyote product is not being produced by the SCE
          Business on December 31, 1998, but is being produced at such time by
          Data I/O, Seller will receive a revenue credit for the Annual Earnout
          Period beginning on December 26, 1997, and ending on December 31,
          1998, equal to $415,000. Such credit shall be reduced by seventy-five
          percent (75%) of the gross margin of thirty percent (30%) previously
          paid to Seller as part of the Coyote transfer price for prior units
          produced by the SCE Business and sold to Data I/O. Revenues shall not
          include sales to third party customers of any of Data I/O's
          ProMaster(R) line of products or of similar products which include
          programming capabilities. Acceptance of orders will be governed by
          Purchaser-approved operating plans and profit criteria. All exceptions
          will require approval by the Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer or
          Chief Financial Officer of Purchaser.

2.   Footnote 3 (c) of Section 2.4.1 shall be deleted in its entirety and
     superseded by the following:

     (c)  The costs of producing Data I/O's ProMaster(R)9500 will be included in
          the calculation of the Earn-Out Payment at sixty-five percent (65%) of
          the 9500 Transfer Price. The costs of producing Data I/O's Coyote
          product, if Data I/O's Coyote product is produced by the SCE Business,
          will be included in the calculation of the Earn-Out Payment at seventy
          percent (70%) of the Coyote product transfer price.

3.   Section 3.2 of Exhibit 3.6A, Employment Agreement between Reel-Tech, Inc.
     and Douglas R. Hall, and Section 3.2 of Exhibit 3.6B, Employment Agreement
     between Reel-Tech, Inc. and Norris R. Hall, shall be amended as follows:

     The following language in the last paragraph of Section 3.2 regarding the
     Coyote Options, shall be deleted in its entirety:

     "In addition, subject to the conditions set forth herein, Data I/O shall
     grant to Employee additional nonqualified stock options to purchase up to
     11,250 shares of the Common Stock of Data I/O (the "Coyote Options")
     pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, to be granted on the date
     development of the Coyote programming system is successfully completed (the
     "Coyote Date"). The criteria for determining the Coyote Date shall be
     mutually agreed on by the parties by May 9, 1997. Such grant shall be in
     the form of Stock Option Agreement to be attached


                                    Page 118
<PAGE>


     hereto as Exhibit B-2. The exercise price for the Coyote Options shall be
     the fair market value of the Common Stock on the Coyote Date as determined
     by the Plan administrator";

     and replaced with the following language:

     "In addition, subject to the conditions set forth herein, Data I/O shall
     grant to Employee additional nonqualified stock options to purchase up to
     11,250 shares of the Common Stock of Data I/O (the "Coyote Options")
     pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, to be granted on the date
     development of the Coyote programming system (the "Coyote") is successfully
     completed (the "Coyote Date"). The criteria for determining the Coyote Date
     are: (a) The Coyote must meet the specifications detailed in the Customer
     Requirements Document ("CRD") for the Coyote as of March 26, 1997, Rev. 0.4
     (b) The Coyote must be a fully documented product (including all drawings
     and manufacturing assembly instructions) for manufacturing to be able to
     reproduce on a volume basis and (c) Reel-Tech, Inc. must manufacture a
     reproducible product as evidenced by the shipment, installation and written
     acceptance of the beta unit and/or first production unit and the completion
     of Quality Gate 6, Product Launch, as listed in the ProMaster Coyote
     Schedule dated May 2, 1997, ("Product Launch") by December 5, 1997;
     provided, however, all design modifications necessary for full production
     and Product Launch of the Coyote must be completed by December 5, 1997.
     Such grant shall be in the form of Stock Option Agreement attached hereto
     as Exhibit B-2. The exercise price for the Coyote Options shall be the fair
     market value of the Common Stock on the Coyote Date as determined by the
     Plan administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Data I/O shall have no
     obligation to grant, and Employee shall have no right to be granted, the
     Coyote Options if the Coyote Date occurs after December 5, 1997; provided,
     however, if Data I/O has not delivered to Reel-Tech, Inc. the DataSite
     product for integration with the Coyote by July 18, 1997, the laser and
     shuttle for the Coyote by August 1, 1997, the Tasklink Handler interface
     for the Coyote by August 8, 1997, and the beta Tasklink Windows(R)
     interface for the Coyote by September 17, 1997, , and the Coyote Date shall
     be extended one (1) day for each day of delay in delivery of such items."

4.   The attached Exhibit B-2, Stock Option Agreement, shall be attached after
     Exhibit B-1 to Exhibit 3.6A, Employment Agreement between Reel-Tech, Inc.
     and Douglas R. Hall:


                                    Page 119
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B-2

                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
                             1986 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the __ day of __________,
199__ ("Date of Grant"), by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington
corporation (the "Company"), and Douglas R. Hall (the "Optionee").

     1. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the
Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee the right and option (the "Option") to purchase up to eleven thousand
two hundred fifty (11,250) shares (the "Shares") of the common stock, $.01 par
value, of the Company, at a price per share of $________ (the "Exercise Price").
This Option is intended not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option for purposes
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In the case of
any stock split, stock dividend or like change in the nature of shares granted
by this Agreement, the number of shares and option price shall be
proportionately adjusted as set forth in Section 5(m) of the Plan. The Option
shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule provided
that the Optionee is continuously employed by the Company through the dates set
forth therein:


                                                     Portion of Total
                                                 Option Which Will Become
          Date                                         Exercisable
          ----                                         -----------
     December 5, 1997                                     33.33%
     December 5, 1998                                     66.66%
     December 5, 1999                                     100%

     The vesting of the Option is subject to acceleration in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5(f) of the Plan.

     2. Termination of Option. The Option shall terminate, to the extent not
previously exercised, six (6) years from the Date of Grant or earlier in
accordance with Section 5 of the Plan. The unvested portion of the Option shall
terminate immediately upon the Optionee's termination of employment for any
reason whatsoever.

     3. Non-transferable. This Option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged
or hypothecated in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise) other
than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and shall
not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option or of
any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, or
upon the sale or levy


                                    Page 120
<PAGE>


or any attachment or similar process upon the rights and privileges conferred
hereby, this Option shall thereupon terminate and become null and void.

     4. Exercise. Subject to Sections 1 and 2 hereof and the Plan, this Option
may be exercised in whole or in part by means of a written notice of exercise
signed and delivered by the Optionee (or, in the case of exercise after death of
the Optionee by the executor, administrator, heir or legatee of the Optionee, as
the case may be) to the Company at the address set forth herein for notices to
the Company. Such notice (a) shall state the number of Shares to be purchased
and the date of exercise, and (b) shall be accompanied by payment of the full
exercise price in cash, by certified or cashier's check or by delivery of such
other consideration as the administrator of the Plan may approve.

     5. Withholding. Prior to delivery of any Shares purchased upon exercise of
this Option, the Company shall determine the amount of any United States federal
and state income tax, if any, which is required to be withheld under applicable
law and shall, as a condition of exercise of this Option and delivery of
certificates representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option,
collect from Optionee the amount of any such tax to the extent not previously
withheld.

     6. Rights of the Optionee. Neither this Option, the execution of this
Agreement nor the exercise of any portion of this Option shall confer upon
Optionee any right to, or guarantee of, continued employment by the Company, or
in any way limit the right of the Company to terminate employment of Optionee at
any time, subject to the terms of any employment agreements between the Company
and Optionee.

     7. Professional Advice. The acceptance and exercise of the Option and the
sale of Option Stock may have consequences under federal and state tax and
securities laws which may vary depending upon the individual circumstances of
the Optionee. Accordingly, the Optionee acknowledges that he has been advised to
consult his personal legal and tax advisor in connection with this Agreement and
his dealings with respect to the Option or the Option Stock.

     8. Agreement Subject to Plan. This Option and this Agreement evidencing and
confirming the same are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Plan and in any amendments to the Plan existing now or in the future, which
terms and conditions are incorporated herein by reference. A copy will be made
available upon request. Should any conflict exist between the provisions of the
Plan and those of this Agreement, those of this Agreement shall govern and
control. This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire and exclusive
understanding between the Company and Optionee with respect to the Option and
shall be deemed to integrate, replace and supersede all previous communications,
representations or agreements between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, whether written or oral.

     9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington without regard to its
conflicts of laws principles to the contrary, and shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.


                                    Page 121
<PAGE>


DATA I/O CORPORATION                    OPTIONEE: Douglas R. Hall


By _________________________            ____________________________

Printed Name _______________            Printed Name ________________

Title ______________________


4.   The attached Exhibit B-2, Stock Option Agreement, shall be attached after
     Exhibit B-1 to Exhibit 3.6B, Employment Agreement between Reel-Tech, Inc.
     and Norris R. Hall:


                                    Page 122
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B-2

                              DATA I/O CORPORATION
                             1986 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the __ day of __________,
199__ ("Date of Grant"), by and between Data I/O Corporation, a Washington
corporation (the "Company"), and Norris R. Hall (the "Optionee").

     1. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the
Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee the right and option (the "Option") to purchase up to eleven thousand
two hundred fifty (11,250) shares (the "Shares") of the common stock, $.01 par
value, of the Company, at a price per share of $________ (the "Exercise Price").
This Option is intended not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option for purposes
of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In the case of
any stock split, stock dividend or like change in the nature of shares granted
by this Agreement, the number of shares and option price shall be
proportionately adjusted as set forth in Section 5(m) of the Plan. The Option
shall vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule provided
that the Optionee is continuously employed by the Company through the dates set
forth therein:

                                                     Portion of Total
                                                 Option Which Will Become
     Date                                              Exercisable
     ----                                        ------------------------

     December 5, 1997                                     33.33%
     December 5, 1998                                     66.66%
     December 5, 1999                                     100%

     The vesting of the Option is subject to acceleration in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5(f) of the Plan.

     2. Termination of Option. The Option shall terminate, to the extent not
previously exercised, six (6) years from the Date of Grant or earlier in
accordance with Section 5 of the Plan. The unvested portion of the Option shall
terminate immediately upon the Optionee's termination of employment for any
reason whatsoever.

     3. Non-transferable. This Option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged
or hypothecated in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise) other
than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and shall
not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to
transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option or of
any right or privilege conferred hereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, or
upon the sale or levy or any attachment or similar process upon the rights and
privileges conferred hereby, this Option shall thereupon terminate and become
null and void.


                                    Page 123
<PAGE>


     4. Exercise. Subject to Sections 1 and 2 hereof and the Plan, this Option
may be exercised in whole or in part by means of a written notice of exercise
signed and delivered by the Optionee (or, in the case of exercise after death of
the Optionee by the executor, administrator, heir or legatee of the Optionee, as
the case may be) to the Company at the address set forth herein for notices to
the Company. Such notice (a) shall state the number of Shares to be purchased
and the date of exercise, and (b) shall be accompanied by payment of the full
exercise price in cash, by certified or cashier's check or by delivery of such
other consideration as the administrator of the Plan may approve.

     5. Withholding. Prior to delivery of any Shares purchased upon exercise of
this Option, the Company shall determine the amount of any United States federal
and state income tax, if any, which is required to be withheld under applicable
law and shall, as a condition of exercise of this Option and delivery of
certificates representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option,
collect from Optionee the amount of any such tax to the extent not previously
withheld.

     6. Rights of the Optionee. Neither this Option, the execution of this
Agreement nor the exercise of any portion of this Option shall confer upon
Optionee any right to, or guarantee of, continued employment by the Company, or
in any way limit the right of the Company to terminate employment of Optionee at
any time, subject to the terms of any employment agreements between the Company
and Optionee.

     7. Professional Advice. The acceptance and exercise of the Option and the
sale of Option Stock may have consequences under federal and state tax and
securities laws which may vary depending upon the individual circumstances of
the Optionee. Accordingly, the Optionee acknowledges that he has been advised to
consult his personal legal and tax advisor in connection with this Agreement and
his dealings with respect to the Option or the Option Stock.

     8. Agreement Subject to Plan. This Option and this Agreement evidencing and
confirming the same are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Plan and in any amendments to the Plan existing now or in the future, which
terms and conditions are incorporated herein by reference. A copy will be made
available upon request. Should any conflict exist between the provisions of the
Plan and those of this Agreement, those of this Agreement shall govern and
control. This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire and exclusive
understanding between the Company and Optionee with respect to the Option and
shall be deemed to integrate, replace and supersede all previous communications,
representations or agreements between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, whether written or oral.


                                    Page 124
<PAGE>


     9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington without regard to its
conflicts of laws principles to the contrary, and shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

DATA I/O CORPORATION                    OPTIONEE: Norris R. Hall


By ______________________               _________________________

Printed Name ____________               Printed Name _______________

Title ___________________


In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Third Amendment and the
Agreement, the Third Amendment shall control. All other terms and conditions of
the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Executed by authorized representatives of the parties as of the date first
listed above.

PURCHASER:                              SELLER:
REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON           HALL, INC. (FORMERLY REEL TECH,
CORPORATION                             INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION)

/s/William C. Erxleben                  /s/Douglas R. Hall
Signature                               Signature

William C. Erxleben                     Douglas R. Hall

Chairperson of the Board                President

July 2, 1997                            July 2, 1997
Date                                    Date

                                        SHAREHOLDERS:

                                        /s/Douglas R. Hall
                                        Douglas R. Hall

                                        July 2, 1997
                                        Date

                                        /s/Norris R. Hall
                                        Norris R. Hall

                                        July 2, 1997
                                        Date


                                    Page 125
<PAGE>


                  FOURTH AMENDMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                AMONG REEL-TECH, INC., A WASHINGTON CORPORATION,
    HALL, INC. (FORMERLY REEL TECH, INC., AN INDIANA CORPORATION) AN INDIANA
                CORPORATION, DOUGLAS R. HALL, AND NORRIS R. HALL

     Effective November 25, 1997, the following is an amendment (the "Fourth
Amendment") to the Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement"), by and among
Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Purchaser"), Hall, Inc. (formerly
Reel-Tech, Inc., an Indiana Corporation), an Indiana corporation ("Seller") and
Norris R. Hall and Douglas R. Hall ("Shareholders") dated August 31, 1995 as
amended. All terms used in this Fourth Amendment and not defined herein shall
have the same meaning as those in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended
as follows:

     1.   Section 2.4 Calculation and Payment of Earn-Out shall be amended to
          add a new Section 2.4.5 as follows:

          2.4.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.4,
          Purchaser shall make the additional cash payments to Seller for
          Earn-Out Payments 2 and 3 of an aggregate amount not to exceed
          $1,334,000 which shall be paid as follows:

          (a) Earn-Out Payments 2 and 3 in the amount of $667,000 each shall be
          paid by Purchaser on or before December 31, 1998; provided, however,
          that Seller may be paid such Earn-Out Payments earlier as follows:

               (i) Earn-Out Payment 2 shall be paid by Purchaser within five (5)
               days after Purchaser's written acceptance of the Coyote base unit
               handler, which acceptance shall be in accordance with the Coyote
               Base Unit Handler Acceptance Criteria attached hereto and marked
               "Exhibit A". The parties acknowledge that the Coyote base unit
               handler acceptance is presently scheduled to be completed by
               January 9, 1998 (the "Coyote Base Completion Date").

               (ii) Earn-Out Payment 3 shall be paid within five (5) days after
               Purchaser's written acceptance of all Coyote add-ons (tube
               input-output modules and tape input-output modules) in accordance
               with mutually agreed upon acceptance criteria and in accordance
               with the ProMaster Coyote Transition Plan. Such criteria shall be
               defined and agreed to by December 15, 1997. The parties
               acknowledge that the Coyote add-ons acceptance is presently
               scheduled to be completed by March 31, 1998 (the "Coyote Add-Ons
               Completion Date").

               (iii) The Coyote Base Completion Date and the Coyote Add-Ons
               Completion Date will each be extended one day for each day that
               Purchaser's deliverables from Data I/O (defined in the ProMaster
               Coyote Transition Plan) are delayed.

               (iv) Both, or either, of the Coyote Base Completion Date and the
               Coyote Add-Ons Completion Date, may be extended in accordance
               with paragraph (iii) immediately above, after which extension
               there shall be a thirty (30) day grace period after which period
               the following shall occur:

                    a. If the Coyote Base Completion Date or the Coyote Add-Ons
                    Completion Date (or both), as the case may be, occurs on or
                    after the 31st day of delay but on or before the 60th day of
                    delay, then only 50% of the applicable Earn-Out Payment
                    shall be accelerated and paid by Purchaser within five (5)
                    days after Purchaser's written acceptance of the Coyote base
                    unit handler or Coyote add-ons, as the case may be, and the
                    remaining 50% of the applicable Earn-Out Payment shall be
                    paid by Purchaser on December 31, 1998.

                    b. If the Coyote Base Completion Date or the Coyote Add-Ons
                    Completion Date (or both), as the case may be, occurs on or
                    after the 61st day of delay, there shall be no acceleration
                    of the applicable Earn-Out Payment and the applicable
                    Earn-Out Payment shall be paid by Purchaser on December 31,
                    1998.


                                    Page 126
<PAGE>


          (b) In the event Data I/O is acquired by a third-party, the remaining
          payments for Earn-Out Payments 2 and 3 due Seller, in the total amount
          of $1,334,000, shall be made at the time of such acquisition closing
          into an escrow with a mutually acceptable escrow agent, to be invested
          as mutually agreed and with interest to be paid to Purchaser until the
          conditions of the Agreement are met."

     2.   The parties acknowledge that Data I/O will be assigning the obligation
          to pay Earn-Out Payment 1 to General Scanning Inc. under the Asset
          Purchase Agreement (the "Asset Purchase Agreement") among General
          Scanning Inc. and Purchaser and Data I/O Corporation.

     3.   This Fourth Amendment is conditioned upon the closing of the Asset
          Purchase Agreement by December 15, 1997.

     4.   In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Fourth Amendment
          and the Agreement, this Fourth Amendment shall control. Except as
          amended herein, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall
          remain in full force and effect.

          Executed as of the date first above listed.



Purchaser:

Reel-Tech, Inc., a Washington corporation





By:  /s/William C. Erxleben

     William C. Erxleben,

     Chairperson of the Board



Seller:

Hall, Inc. (formerly Reel-Tech, Inc., an Indiana corporation),

an Indiana Corporation





By:  /s/Douglas R. Hall

     Douglas R. Hall

     President



Shareholders:



/s/  Douglas R. Hall                         /s/Norris R. Hall

Douglas R. Hall                              Norris R. Hall

                                    Page 127


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     RESTATED FOR FAS 128 FOR THE YEARS 1996 AND 1995.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                                  <C>                               <C>                        
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                               12-MOS                            12-MOS                     
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-25-1997                          DEC-26-1996                       DEC-28-1995 
<PERIOD-START>                                 DEC-27-1996                          DEC-29-1995                       DEC-30-1994 
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-25-1997                          DEC-26-1996                       DEC-28-1995 
<CASH>                                         8,113                                4,048                             4,496   
<SECURITIES>                                   24,855                               0                                 0   
<RECEIVABLES>                                  6,072                                7,530                             11,421       
<ALLOWANCES>                                   394                                  362                               311       
<INVENTORY>                                    8,158                                7,540                             7,802        
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               52,704                               24,337                            28,019       
<PP&E>                                         21,576                               28,822                            29,974       
<DEPRECIATION>                                 18,187                               19,956                            20,022       
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 57,736                               39,319                            44,776       
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          19,478                               14,283                            16,014       
<BONDS>                                        0                                    0                                 0     
                          0                                    0                                 0     
                                    0                                    0                                 0     
<COMMON>                                       16,412                               15,247                            17,528       
<OTHER-SE>                                     18,202                               7,312                             8,401        
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   57,736                               39,319                            44,776       
<SALES>                                        46,284                               48,860                            57,496       
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               46,284                               48,860                            57,496       
<CGS>                                          22,748                               25,934                            27,386       
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  21,650                               22,620                            22,252       
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (2,976)                              (197)                             (398)        
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               81                                   119                               48       
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             219                                  256                               273       
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                4,562                                128                               7,935       
<INCOME-TAX>                                   176                                  121                               892       
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            4,386                                7                                 7,043     
<DISCONTINUED>                                 (7,114)                              1,108                             2,282        
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0                                    0                                 0         
<CHANGES>                                      0                                    0                                 0         
<NET-INCOME>                                   11,500                               (1,101)                           4,761       
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  1.66                                 (0.16)                            0.64      
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  1.62                                 (0.16)                            0.60         
                                                                 
                                                                 

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission